Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,666 missions · 897 completed

Missions

Open769Completed897All1666
EconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Supply Risk Mitigation in a Decentralized Supply Chain: Pricing Postponement or Payment Postponement? III: When Payment Postponement Helps or Hurts the Retailer, the Supplier and the ConsumersResearch Paper

Why payment timing matters

A retailer can pay a supplier when it places an order or after the supplier delivers it. When production yield is uncertain, the choice changes who bears the cost of missing units. It can also change the supplier's production decision and, through the amount available for sale, the surplus received by consumers. Geng, Guo, Xiao and Yang study these effects in a decentralized supply chain and show that payment postponement can help all three parties, hurt all three, or benefit some while hurting others, depending on production cost and the retailer's pricing rule. Their Proposition 4 gives the precise cost intervals for these outcomes in the SSRN author version, pp. 19–20.

The result matters to contract design in supply chains where realized output can be below planned production. Paying for units ordered and paying for units delivered allocate that shortage differently. A comparison based only on the retailer's expected profit would miss the effects on the upstream supplier and final consumers. Proposition 4 keeps all three outcomes visible while holding the retailer's pricing policy fixed.

The supply-chain game

There is one supplier and one retailer. The supplier chooses a wholesale price www and plans production QQQ at cost cQcQcQ. The retailer orders qqq and sells to a market with linear demand d(p)=a−bpd(p)=a-bpd(p)=a−bp, where a,b>0a,b>0a,b>0 and ppp is the retail price. The yield factor YYY equals 111 with probability θ\thetaθ and α\alphaα with probability 1−θ1-\theta1−θ, with 0<α,θ<10<\alpha,\theta<10<α,θ<1. Thus μ=EY=α(1−θ)+θ\mu=\mathbb E Y=\alpha(1-\theta)+\thetaμ=EY=α(1−θ)+θ. The retailer receives q^=min⁡{YQ,q}\widehat q=\min\{YQ,q\}q​=min{YQ,q} units; the production cost applies to planned QQQ, including units lost to yield risk §3.1–3.2.

Under pay-by-order, the retailer transfers wqwqwq to the supplier and the supplier produces Q=qQ=qQ=q. Under pay-by-delivery, the transfer is wq^w\widehat qwq​ and the supplier can choose a larger production quantity. Under ex ante pricing, the retailer fixes ppp before yield is known. Under responsive pricing, the retailer sets ppp after observing delivery. Combining payment and pricing gives OA (order, ex ante), OR (order, responsive), DA (delivery, ex ante), and DR (delivery, responsive). The supplier first sets www, the retailer next orders and possibly fixes a price, the supplier chooses production, yield is realized, and responsive pricing occurs last Table 1, p. 9.

Both firms maximize expected profit at every stage. A subgame-perfect equilibrium is a complete plan of choices after every history in which each choice is optimal at that history. For scenario kkk, write πRk\pi_R^kπRk​ and πSk\pi_S^kπSk​ for equilibrium retailer and supplier profit. The consumer surplus CSkCS^kCSk is expected surplus from sales: for delivered stock XXX and market price ppp, the model integrates inverse demand less ppp from zero to min⁡{d(p),X}\min\{d(p),X\}min{d(p),X}. This is the paper's priority allocation convention for consumers with the highest willingness to pay p. 10.

Formalization targets

The main target is Proposition 4, which compares OA with DA and OR with DR. Let Δ(πR,πS,CS)\Delta(\pi_R,\pi_S,CS)Δ(πR​,πS​,CS) mean the delivery-payment outcome minus its order-payment counterpart. A plus sign below means a strict increase, a minus sign a strict decrease, and zero equality. The admissible cost range is 0<c<aμ/b0<c<a\mu/b0<c<aμ/b.

For ex ante pricing, with no restriction α≥9/16\alpha\ge9/16α≥9/16, the paper gives a threshold 0<C‾<cDA0<\overline C<c^{DA}0<C<cDA and the following pattern:

cost intervalsign⁡Δ(πR,πS,CS)(max⁡{0,c2OA},max⁡{C‾,c2OA})(+,+,+)(max⁡{C‾,c2OA},cDA)(+,+,−)(0,max⁡{0,c1OA}) or (cDA,aμ/b)(0,0,0).\begin{array}{c|c} \text{cost interval}&\operatorname{sign}\Delta(\pi_R,\pi_S,CS)\\ (\max\{0,c^{OA}_2\},\max\{\overline C,c^{OA}_2\}) &(+,+,+)\\ (\max\{\overline C,c^{OA}_2\},c^{DA}) &(+,+,-)\\ (0,\max\{0,c^{OA}_1\})\text{ or }(c^{DA},a\mu/b)&(0,0,0). \end{array}cost interval(max{0,c2OA​},max{C,c2OA​})(max{C,c2OA​},cDA)(0,max{0,c1OA​}) or (cDA,aμ/b)​signΔ(πR​,πS​,CS)(+,+,+)(+,+,−)(0,0,0).​

For responsive pricing, assuming α≥9/16\alpha\ge9/16α≥9/16, the pattern is (+,+,+)(+,+,+)(+,+,+) on (0,C~)(0,\widetilde C)(0,C), (−,−,−)(-,-,-)(−,−,−) on (C~,c1DR)(\widetilde C,c^{DR}_1)(C,c1DR​), (+,−,+)(+,-,+)(+,−,+) on (c1DR,c2DR)(c^{DR}_1,c^{DR}_2)(c1DR​,c2DR​), and (0,0,0)(0,0,0)(0,0,0) on (c2DR,aμ/b)(c^{DR}_2,a\mu/b)(c2DR​,aμ/b). The thresholds are those specified in the paper: C~\widetilde CC is equation (6), C‾\overline CC is equation (8), and the scenario cost thresholds come from Appendix B. The first ex ante interval can be empty for some parameters; its printed endpoints are retained. The milestones establish the supplier's production and responsive pricing rules, the four scenario outcomes, and the threshold ordering used in the comparison Appendices B–C.

What the result provides

The theorem separates the effect of changing the payment contract from the effect of changing the pricing rule. For advance pricing it identifies an interval where payment postponement helps both firms and consumers, then an interval where consumers lose despite both firms gaining. For responsive pricing the direction of every effect can reverse as cost passes successive thresholds. At high cost the change in payment timing leaves all three equilibrium outcomes unchanged Proposition 4, pp. 19–20.

The paper derives the equilibrium formulas in Appendix B and proves the comparisons in Appendix C. The result is therefore a known mathematical claim, while this mission asks for a machine-checked development from the sequential game through the cost-dependent equilibrium outcomes and final comparisons. The definitions of a two-point yield game and its complete contingent strategies can support other formal studies of payment or pricing postponement. There is no claim that Proposition 4 already has a machine-checked proof.

Where the formal work is difficult

The supplier's production payoff has kinks at Q=qQ=qQ=q and Q=q/αQ=q/\alphaQ=q/α. The retailer's best order changes when those production choices change, and responsive pricing adds another kink when delivered stock crosses a/2a/2a/2. As wholesale price varies, the supplier must compare outcomes on both sides of these changes. Consequently a single first-order condition for a smooth objective does not characterize the equilibrium. The cost thresholds also depend on square roots and comparisons among several formula pieces, including the larger root chosen for c2OAc^{OA}_2c2OA​ Appendix B, pp. 33–37.

Formalization scope

Lean represents expectation by the two weighted yield outcomes. Production cost ccc is a separate argument, so thresholds depend only on (a,b,α,θ)(a,b,\alpha,\theta)(a,b,α,θ). Parameters satisfy a,b>0a,b>0a,b>0, 0<α,θ<10<\alpha,\theta<10<α,θ<1, and 0<c<aμ/b0<c<a\mu/b0<c<aμ/b. Wholesale and retail prices obey the strict admissibility bounds of equation (3). Orders are nonnegative; pay-by-delivery production is nonnegative; pay-by-order production equals the order. Consumer surplus is a real interval integral. Every comparison quantifies over actual subgame-perfect equilibria, and the goal separately asserts that the compared equilibria exist at every admissible cost. Equilibrium profits are computed from strategies and transfers, rather than defined to equal the Appendix B formulas.

The paper's statements require care at ties. The model selects Q=qQ=qQ=q when that is a profit-maximizing pay-by-delivery production choice, including the indifferent DR regime. The printed middle DR consumer-surplus expression combines outcomes from different production choices; the equilibrium-consistent expression is used here, and Proposition 4(R)'s comparison remains valid under either expression. Equation (2) swaps the scenario labels of committed and responsive prices, so consumer surplus uses the actual ex ante price in OA and DA and the price after delivery in OR and DR. The printed [x]+[x]^+[x]+ in Appendix B.1 is read as max⁡{0,x}\max\{0,x\}max{0,x}, as in Lemma 1. Outcome claims use open cost intervals because uniqueness at exact thresholds fails; equilibrium existence remains part of the targets there. The threshold c2OAc^{OA}_2c2OA​ is the larger root of the relevant quadratic factor, and C‾\overline CC and C~\widetilde CC use the paper's explicit formulas. These conventions are recorded in the local moderation notes.

The development calls for real inequality reasoning, optimization of piecewise objectives, and careful handling of interval integrals. Contributions that prove the production and price best responses, establish the four equilibrium lemmas, or verify the threshold order each advance the final comparison.

Selected references

  • X. Geng, X. Guo, G. Xiao and N. Yang, Supply Risk Mitigation in a Decentralized Supply Chain: Pricing Postponement or Payment Postponement?, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 25(3), 2023. SSRN author version 3546872; DOI: 10.1287/msom.2022.0198.
11 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Supply Risk Mitigation in a Decentralized Supply Chain: Pricing Postponement or Payment Postponement? II: Under Reliable Yield the Postponements Are Complements Only at Intermediate CostResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer that buys from a supplier with unreliable production has two contractual levers against supply risk, and both postpone a decision until after the yield is known. Payment postponement means paying only for the units actually delivered (pay-by-delivery) instead of the units ordered (pay-by-order). This moves the yield risk upstream. Pricing postponement means setting the retail price after the delivery is observed (responsive pricing) instead of committing to it in advance (ex ante pricing). This moves the risk downstream to consumers. Both practices are common in procurement, and the natural intuition is that two ways of shedding the same risk should be substitutes: once one lever is in use, the other should be worth less.

Geng, Guo, Xiao and Yang (MSOM 25(3), 2023; author version SSRN 3546872) compute the subgame-perfect equilibria of all four combinations of the two levers in a stylized supplier–retailer game. Their Proposition 3 shows that the intuition fails at intermediate production cost. When full yield is likely and yield loss is mild, the two postponements are complements there: postponing payment is worth more when pricing is also postponed. This mission formalizes that result together with the four equilibrium characterizations it rests on.

Setting

A supplier sells one product to a retailer, who sells it in a market with linear demand d(p)=a−bpd(p)=a-bpd(p)=a−bp, a,b>0a,b>0a,b>0. The supplier plans production QQQ at unit cost ccc and realizes the fraction YYY of it, where

Y=1 with probability θ,Y=α with probability 1−θ,0<α,θ<1,Y=1 \text{ with probability } \theta,\qquad Y=\alpha \text{ with probability } 1-\theta,\qquad 0<\alpha,\theta<1,Y=1 with probability θ,Y=α with probability 1−θ,0<α,θ<1,

and μ=α(1−θ)+θ\mu=\alpha(1-\theta)+\thetaμ=α(1−θ)+θ is the mean yield. The retailer orders qqq and receives q^=min⁡{YQ,q}\hat q=\min\{YQ,q\}q^​=min{YQ,q}.

The four scenarios are OA, OR, DA and DR. The first letter is the payment rule: by order (O, the transfer is wqwqwq) or by delivery (D, the transfer is wq^w\hat qwq^​). The second letter is the pricing rule: ex ante (A, the price is fixed before the yield) or responsive (R, the price is set after q^\hat qq^​ is observed). Each scenario is a sequential game. The supplier posts a wholesale price www. The retailer orders qqq, and also commits to a price ppp in the ex ante scenarios. The supplier then chooses QQQ; under pay-by-order it produces exactly qqq. The yield realizes, and under responsive pricing the retailer then sets ppp. The retailer earns pmin⁡{d(p),q^}p\min\{d(p),\hat q\}pmin{d(p),q^​} minus the transfer, and the supplier earns the transfer minus cQcQcQ. Both are risk neutral. Admissible actions follow the paper's standing ranges: 0<c<aμ/b0<c<a\mu/b0<c<aμ/b, 0<p<a/b0<p<a/b0<p<a/b, and www between ccc (or c/μc/\muc/μ under pay-by-delivery) and a/ba/ba/b.

Write πRk\pi^k_RπRk​ for the retailer's expected profit in a subgame-perfect equilibrium of scenario kkk. The paper's Definition 1 measures the interaction of the two postponements by

V=(πRDR−πROR)−(πRDA−πROA):V=\big(\pi^{DR}_R-\pi^{OR}_R\big)-\big(\pi^{DA}_R-\pi^{OA}_R\big):V=(πRDR​−πROR​)−(πRDA​−πROA​):

the value of payment postponement under responsive pricing, minus its value under ex ante pricing. The postponements are substitutes if V<0V<0V<0 and complements if V>0V>0V>0.

The parameter region of the result is α≥9/16\alpha\ge 9/16α≥9/16 together with H3={θ2(α)<θ<1}\mathcal H_3=\{\theta_2(\alpha)<\theta<1\}H3​={θ2​(α)<θ<1}, where θ2(α)\theta_2(\alpha)θ2​(α) is the largest real root of the cubic −α3+α2(5+α)x+(16−19α−6α2)x2−25(1−α)x3-\alpha^3+\alpha^2(5+\alpha)x+(16-19\alpha-6\alpha^2)x^2-25(1-\alpha)x^3−α3+α2(5+α)x+(16−19α−6α2)x2−25(1−α)x3. The cost thresholds c1DR<c2DRc^{DR}_1<c^{DR}_2c1DR​<c2DR​ (scenario DR) and cDAc^{DA}cDA (scenario DA) are explicit algebraic functions of (a,b,α,θ)(a,b,\alpha,\theta)(a,b,α,θ) given in the paper's Appendix B.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3

For α≥9/16\alpha\ge9/16α≥9/16 and (α,θ)∈H3(\alpha,\theta)\in\mathcal H_3(α,θ)∈H3​, every scenario has an equilibrium at every cost 0<c<aμ/b0<c<a\mu/b0<c<aμ/b, and there is a cost 0<C^<aμ/b0<\hat C<a\mu/b0<C^<aμ/b such that, at every choice of the four equilibria,

V<0 on (0,c1DR)∪(C^,cDA),V>0 on (c1DR,C^),V=0 on (cDA,aμ/b).V<0 \text{ on } (0,c^{DR}_1)\cup(\hat C,c^{DA}),\qquad V>0 \text{ on } (c^{DR}_1,\hat C),\qquad V=0 \text{ on } (c^{DA},a\mu/b).V<0 on (0,c1DR​)∪(C^,cDA),V>0 on (c1DR​,C^),V=0 on (cDA,aμ/b).

C^\hat CC^ is existential, as in the paper, and depends only on the parameters.

Milestones

  • the supplier's production response (4) under pay-by-delivery and the ex post price (5);
  • Lemmas 1–4: existence of the equilibrium of each scenario, and its outcome (πR,πS,CS)(\pi_R,\pi_S,CS)(πR​,πS​,CS) in closed form on each cost interval;
  • Lemma 1(i): on H3\mathcal H_3H3​ the threshold c2OAc^{OA}_2c2OA​ is nonpositive, so scenario OA has one regime;
  • the threshold claims of Appendix C: cOR<0c^{OR}<0cOR<0 and c1DR<c2DR<cDAc^{DR}_1<c^{DR}_2<c^{DA}c1DR​<c2DR​<cDA for α≥9/16\alpha\ge9/16α≥9/16.

Significance

The result separates the first-order question (which lever the retailer prefers, the subject of the paper's Proposition 2) from the second-order one (whether one lever raises the value of the other). It shows that two risk-shifting instruments can reinforce each other. On (c1DR,C^)(c^{DR}_1,\hat C)(c1DR​,C^), adopting one postponement raises the value of the other. So whenever the retailer gains from adopting either lever alone, it gains even more from adopting both. Below c1DRc^{DR}_1c1DR​ and above C^\hat CC^ the reverse holds. Above cDAc^{DA}cDA, payment postponement is irrelevant, because the supplier never inflates production there.

The paper proves Lemmas 1–4 by backward induction in Appendix B and the proposition by comparing closed forms in Appendix C. None of it is machine-checked. A formal proof requires the four backward inductions with every kink and tie handled, and the polynomial inequalities between the thresholds over the parameter region. The formalization also corrects the record: the paper's explicit formula (7) for C^\hat CC^ does not locate the sign change of VVV (at (α,θ)=(0.6,0.75)(\alpha,\theta)=(0.6,0.75)(α,θ)=(0.6,0.75) it exceeds cDAc^{DA}cDA), while the existential statement of Proposition 3 holds at every sampled point.

Difficulty

Once Lemmas 1–4 are available, VVV is a difference of explicit piecewise functions of ccc. The difficulty lies in those lemmas and in the thresholds. Each lemma is a three-stage optimization. The supplier's profit is piecewise linear in QQQ, with kinks at qqq and q/αq/\alphaq/α. The retailer's profit is piecewise in (q,p)(q,p)(q,p), with kinks where it becomes worth inflating the order. The supplier's value function in www is piecewise quadratic, and its maximum can sit at a kink. In scenario DR it sits exactly at the price where the supplier is indifferent to inflating production. A naive reading of the paper's tie rule removes the equilibrium there altogether. On the middle DR interval the sign of VVV changes inside the interval, at a root of a polynomial with nested square roots. On the other pieces, the signs of VVV and the ordering c1DR<c2DR<cDAc^{DR}_1<c^{DR}_2<c^{DA}c1DR​<c2DR​<cDA are polynomial inequalities in (α,θ)(\alpha,\theta)(α,θ), with θ2(α)\theta_2(\alpha)θ2​(α) defined implicitly as a cubic root.

Formalization scope

  • Parameters and cost. The parameters (a,b,α,θ)(a,b,\alpha,\theta)(a,b,α,θ) form a structure. The cost ccc is a separate argument, and every threshold depends on the parameters only.
  • Expectation. The expectation over the yield is the explicit two-point sum θf(1)+(1−θ)f(α)\theta f(1)+(1-\theta)f(\alpha)θf(1)+(1−θ)f(α).
  • Equilibrium. Strategies are functions of all earlier moves, and optimality is required at every node over the full admissible action sets.
  • Production ties. Under pay-by-delivery the supplier's production is a best response. When producing exactly qqq is optimal, it produces qqq. The paper's display (4) assigns that tie to inflation, but under that rule scenario DR has no equilibrium for intermediate cost. The convention reproduces the paper's DR profits.
  • Consumer surplus. It is the integral ∫0min⁡{d(p),q^}(p(t)−p) dt\int_0^{\min\{d(p),\hat q\}}(p(t)-p)\,dt∫0min{d(p),q^​}​(p(t)−p)dt. It uses the ex post price in the responsive scenarios and the committed price in the ex ante ones; the labels of the paper's display (2) are swapped.
  • Closed forms. Two printed consumer-surplus values are corrected to the equilibrium values: the middle piece of OA (8bα28b\alpha^28bα2 for 8bα38b\alpha^38bα3) and the middle piece of DR (one factor α2(1−θ)+θ\alpha^2(1-\theta)+\thetaα2(1−θ)+θ fewer).
  • Cost intervals. Every statement is on open cost intervals, because at a threshold the outcome is not unique.
  • Thresholds. c2OAc^{OA}_2c2OA​, "the second root" of a quartic, is the larger root of the quadratic factor that defines it. θ2\theta_2θ2​ is the supremum of the cubic's real roots, a finite nonempty set.

The equilibrium profits are outcomes of the equilibrium predicate. They are never defined by their closed forms, and the goal carries the existence of an equilibrium in each scenario. Without that, the comparison would be vacuous whenever the predicate is unsatisfiable.

Every object is elementary: real arithmetic, square roots, min/max, one interval integral and one sSup. The equilibrium predicate and the four lemmas are shared with the three companion missions of this paper (Propositions 2, 4 and 5). Proofs of the lemmas, of the threshold inequalities and of the goal are all welcome.

Selected references

  • X. Geng, X. Guo, G. Xiao, N. Yang, Supply Risk Mitigation in a Decentralized Supply Chain: Pricing Postponement or Payment Postponement?, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 25(3), 2023. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2022.0198 ; author version SSRN 3546872, https://ssrn.com/abstract=3546872
11 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Supply Risk Mitigation in a Decentralized Supply Chain: Pricing Postponement or Payment Postponement? I: As Cost Rises the Retailer Prefers Payment, Then Pricing, Then Both, Then Pricing PostponementResearch Paper

Motivation

When a supplier's production is subject to random yield, only part of a planned production run turns into usable output. A retailer sourcing from such a supplier bears the resulting shortage risk unless the contract or the selling strategy moves it elsewhere. Random yield is a classical topic in production planning (Yano and Lee, 1995), and postponing a decision until uncertainty resolves is a classical risk-mitigation tool (Van Mieghem and Dada, 1999).

Geng, Guo, Xiao and Yang study two postponements available to a retailer facing an unreliable supplier. Payment postponement replaces payment for the ordered quantity by payment for the delivered quantity, which shifts the yield risk to the supplier. Pricing postponement (responsive pricing) sets the retail price after the delivery is known, which shifts the risk to consumers. Their Proposition 2 answers which of the four combinations the retailer prefers, as a function of the production cost, when the yield loss is not too severe. This mission formalizes that proposition and the equilibrium results it rests on.

Setting

A supplier sells to a retailer, who sells to a market with linear demand d(p)=a−bpd(p)=a-bpd(p)=a−bp, a,b>0a,b>0a,b>0. The supplier's yield factor YYY takes the value 111 with probability θ\thetaθ and α\alphaα with probability 1−θ1-\theta1−θ, with α,θ∈(0,1)\alpha,\theta\in(0,1)α,θ∈(0,1), and has mean μ=α(1−θ)+θ\mu=\alpha(1-\theta)+\thetaμ=α(1−θ)+θ. The supplier plans production QQQ, pays ccc per planned unit, and delivers q^=min⁡{YQ,q}\hat q=\min\{YQ,q\}q^​=min{YQ,q} against an order qqq. Throughout, 0<c<aμ/b0<c<a\mu/b0<c<aμ/b.

There are four scenarios, written k∈{OA,OR,DA,DR}k\in\{OA,OR,DA,DR\}k∈{OA,OR,DA,DR}:

  • O (pay-by-order): the retailer pays wqwqwq, and the supplier produces exactly Q=qQ=qQ=q;
  • D (pay-by-delivery): the retailer pays wq^w\hat qwq^​, and the supplier chooses QQQ and may inflate production above qqq;
  • A (ex ante pricing): the retailer commits to the retail price ppp when it orders;
  • R (responsive pricing): the retailer sets ppp after seeing q^\hat qq^​, maximizing pmin⁡{d(p),q^}p\min\{d(p),\hat q\}pmin{d(p),q^​}.

Each scenario is a Stackelberg game. The supplier sets the wholesale price www, the retailer orders (and, ex ante, prices), the supplier produces, the yield realizes, and under responsive pricing the retailer prices. Both firms are risk neutral. The solution concept is subgame-perfect equilibrium, and πRk\pi^k_RπRk​ denotes the retailer's expected equilibrium profit in scenario kkk. Admissible prices are those of the paper's standing assumption (3): 0<p<a/b0<p<a/b0<p<a/b, and c<w<a/bc<w<a/bc<w<a/b under pay-by-order or c/μ<w<a/bc/\mu<w<a/bc/μ<w<a/b under pay-by-delivery.

The cost thresholds of the comparison are

C~=aα(1−α2(1−θ)+θ)b(1+α),c2DR=aαμ(1−θ)b(μ+θ),\tilde C=\frac{a\alpha\big(1-\sqrt{\alpha^2(1-\theta)+\theta}\big)}{b(1+\alpha)},\qquad c^{DR}_2=\frac{a\alpha\mu(1-\theta)}{b(\mu+\theta)},C~=b(1+α)aα(1−α2(1−θ)+θ​)​,c2DR​=b(μ+θ)aαμ(1−θ)​, c1DR=aα(1−θ)(μ2+θ−2θαμ(1−α)(1−θ))b(α2(1−θ)3+4αθ(1−θ)+θ(1+θ)2).c^{DR}_1=\frac{a\alpha(1-\theta)\big(\mu^2+\theta-2\theta\sqrt{\alpha\mu(1-\alpha)(1-\theta)}\big)}{b\big(\alpha^2(1-\theta)^3+4\alpha\theta(1-\theta)+\theta(1+\theta)^2\big)}.c1DR​=b(α2(1−θ)3+4αθ(1−θ)+θ(1+θ)2)aα(1−θ)(μ2+θ−2θαμ(1−α)(1−θ)​)​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2 (p. 16)

For 9/16≤α<19/16\le\alpha<19/16≤α<1 and every 0<c<aμ/b0<c<a\mu/b0<c<aμ/b, equilibria of OR, DA and DR exist, and every choice of equilibria satisfies

πROR<πRDR=πRDA0<c<C~,πRDA=πRDR<πRORC~<c<c1DR,πRDA<πROR<πRDRc1DR<c<c2DR,πRDA<πRDR=πRORc2DR<c<aμ/b.\begin{aligned} &\pi^{OR}_R<\pi^{DR}_R=\pi^{DA}_R && 0<c<\tilde C,\\ &\pi^{DA}_R=\pi^{DR}_R<\pi^{OR}_R && \tilde C<c<c^{DR}_1,\\ &\pi^{DA}_R<\pi^{OR}_R<\pi^{DR}_R && c^{DR}_1<c<c^{DR}_2,\\ &\pi^{DA}_R<\pi^{DR}_R=\pi^{OR}_R && c^{DR}_2<c<a\mu/b. \end{aligned}​πROR​<πRDR​=πRDA​πRDA​=πRDR​<πROR​πRDA​<πROR​<πRDR​πRDA​<πRDR​=πROR​​​0<c<C~,C~<c<c1DR​,c1DR​<c<c2DR​,c2DR​<c<aμ/b.​

Milestones

  1. (4): the supplier's production under pay-by-delivery is qqq below the wholesale price c/(α(1−θ))c/(\alpha(1-\theta))c/(α(1−θ)) and q/αq/\alphaq/α above it.
  2. (5): the responsive price is (a−q^)/b(a-\hat q)/b(a−q^​)/b for q^<a/2\hat q<a/2q^​<a/2 and a/(2b)a/(2b)a/(2b) otherwise.
  3. Lemmas 2, 3, 4: existence of equilibria of OR, DA and DR, and their outcomes (πR,πS,CS)(\pi_R,\pi_S,CS)(πR​,πS​,CS) in closed form on each open cost interval (Lemma 4 for α≥9/16\alpha\ge 9/16α≥9/16).
  4. Threshold order (proof of Propositions 1–2): for α≥9/16\alpha\ge 9/16α≥9/16, cOR<0c^{OR}<0cOR<0 and c1DR<c2DR<cDAc^{DR}_1<c^{DR}_2<c^{DA}c1DR​<c2DR​<cDA.
  5. Position of C~\tilde CC~ (proof of Proposition 4): for α≥9/16\alpha\ge 9/16α≥9/16, 0<C~<c1DR0<\tilde C<c^{DR}_10<C~<c1DR​.

Significance

The proposition describes a preference cycle. Payment postponement (DA) is best when production is cheap, because the supplier then absorbs yield risk by inflating production. Pricing postponement (OR) is best at intermediate cost. Using both (DR) is strictly best on (c1DR,c2DR)(c^{DR}_1,c^{DR}_2)(c1DR​,c2DR​), where the two postponements are worth more together than either alone. Above c2DRc^{DR}_2c2DR​ the supplier stops inflating, DR and OR coincide, and pricing postponement suffices. These are the paper's managerial conclusions on contract and pricing choice under supply risk, and the other three missions of the series (strategic complementarity, and the effect of each postponement on the whole chain) rest on the same equilibria.

The paper derives the four equilibria in its Appendix B and proves the propositions in Appendix C as direct comparisons of closed forms. None of this has been machine-checked. The mission produces a formal model of the four games and a verified link from the game to the closed forms. Lemmas 2–4 are reusable by every statement about this model.

Difficulty

Once the closed forms are known, the comparison is polynomial algebra in (α,θ,c)(\alpha,\theta,c)(α,θ,c) with square roots. The work lies upstream. Each equilibrium requires a backward induction over piecewise-linear objectives in QQQ and qqq and piecewise-quadratic objectives in ppp and www. Optima occur at kinks such as the inflation threshold w0=c/(α(1−θ))w_0=c/(\alpha(1-\theta))w0​=c/(α(1−θ)), and the supplier's value function is discontinuous there, so the maximum can sit at a boundary rather than at the center of a piece. In scenario DR the equilibrium wholesale price on (c1DR,c2DR)(c^{DR}_1,c^{DR}_2)(c1DR​,c2DR​) sits exactly at w0w_0w0​, where the supplier is indifferent among all productions in [q,q/α][q,q/\alpha][q,q/α], so existence depends on how that tie is resolved. Uniqueness of outcomes, which the comparison needs, holds only on open cost intervals, because at each threshold two wholesale prices tie with different outcomes. The threshold inequalities for α≥9/16\alpha\ge 9/16α≥9/16 are not visible from the formulas and need careful estimates of the radicals.

Formalization scope

Parameters are a structure (a,b,α,θ)(a,b,\alpha,\theta)(a,b,α,θ) with validity predicate a,b>0a,b>0a,b>0, α,θ∈(0,1)\alpha,\theta\in(0,1)α,θ∈(0,1); the cost ccc is a separate real argument. The expectation over YYY is the two-term sum θf(1)+(1−θ)f(α)\theta f(1)+(1-\theta)f(\alpha)θf(1)+(1−θ)f(α), with no measure theory. A strategy profile consists of a wholesale price and rules for production Q(w,q)Q(w,q)Q(w,q), the order q(w)q(w)q(w), the ex ante price p(w)p(w)p(w) and the ex post price pr(w,q,q^)p^{\mathrm r}(w,q,\hat q)pr(w,q,q^​). Equilibrium requires optimality at every admissible history over the admissible sets of (3). Consumer surplus is the integral ∫0min⁡{d(p),X}(p(t)−p) dt\int_0^{\min\{d(p),X\}}(p(t)-p)\,dt∫0min{d(p),X}​(p(t)−p)dt, evaluated at the ex post price under responsive pricing and at the committed price under ex ante pricing.

Conventions and disclosed departures from the page:

  • Tie rule. Under pay-by-delivery, when producing exactly qqq is optimal, the supplier produces qqq. Display (4) assigns the tie at w0w_0w0​ to inflation, under which DR has no equilibrium on (c1DR,c2DR)(c^{DR}_1,c^{DR}_2)(c1DR​,c2DR​). Lemma 4's printed profits there are those of the convention.
  • CSDRCS^{DR}CSDR on the middle piece is stated with denominator 8bα2(1−θ)2(α2(1−θ)+θ)8b\alpha^2(1-\theta)^2(\alpha^2(1-\theta)+\theta)8bα2(1−θ)2(α2(1−θ)+θ); the page prints the last factor squared, which is the surplus of no single equilibrium. Proposition 2 does not involve CSCSCS.
  • Open intervals. Lemmas are stated on open cost intervals; at the thresholds outcomes are not unique.
  • C~\tilde CC~ is instantiated by (6), as Appendix C does; the page introduces it through Proposition 1's existential.
  • Display (2) prints the scenario labels of CSCSCS swapped; the Appendix B reading is used.

πRk\pi^k_RπRk​ is the retailer's profit along an equilibrium of the game, never its closed form; a formalization that defines the profits by the Appendix B formulas, or an equilibrium predicate that no profile satisfies, would make the goal trivial. The goal therefore also asserts existence of equilibria of the three scenarios.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones; general lemmas on maximizing piecewise-linear and piecewise-quadratic functions with kinks; the threshold inequalities. Proposition 1 (OA versus the others) is not part of this mission.

Selected references

  • X. Geng, X. Guo, G. Xiao, N. Yang, Supply Risk Mitigation in a Decentralized Supply Chain: Pricing Postponement or Payment Postponement?, SSRN 3546872 (author version), 2022; published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 25(3), 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3546872, https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2022.0198
  • C. A. Yano, H. L. Lee, Lot Sizing with Random Yields: A Review, Operations Research 43(2), 1995. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.43.2.311
  • J. A. Van Mieghem, M. Dada, Price Versus Production Postponement: Capacity and Competition, Management Science 45(12), 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.45.12.1631
9 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Lightning Network Economics: Channels III: The Minimal Cost of a Symmetric Bidirectional Channel Is 3(2Bλ/r)^{1/3} − B/6 + O(r^{1/3}) as r → 0Research Paper

Motivation

Payment channels let two parties make repeated transfers while using an on-chain transaction only when a channel needs resetting. They require funds to be committed in advance. The economic choice is therefore between the transaction fees saved by using a channel and the opportunity cost of funds tied up in it. Guasoni, Huberman, and Shikhelman give a stochastic cost model in which this tradeoff can be compared for one-way and two-way payment streams (Guasoni et al., 2023, §§1 and 3). Their small-discount-rate result makes the difference between the two arrangements quantitative: the optimal one-way cost grows like r−1/2r^{-1/2}r−1/2, while the optimal symmetric two-way cost grows like r−1/3r^{-1/3}r−1/3.

The paper was published online in Management Science on November 6, 2023. This mission concerns Theorem 3(i)–(ii) in that published version, especially the cost expansion (8). The paper proves these asymptotic claims; the task here is to state them precisely in Lean and develop machine-checked proofs of the stated cost laws.

Setting

Two nodes exchange unit payments. Payments from node 1 to node 2 arrive at rate λ1\lambda_1λ1​, and payments in the reverse direction arrive at rate λ2\lambda_2λ2​. Each payment stream is a Poisson process, and the streams are independent. The continuously compounded discount rate r>0r>0r>0 measures the opportunity cost of committed capital. A channel reset costs B>0B>0B>0, while an on-chain payment costs CCC. Node 1 commits l1l_1l1​ and node 2 commits l2l_2l2​. The channel balance moves by one unit at each payment; at a boundary, a reset replenishes it (Guasoni et al., 2023, §§1.1, 3.1 and 5).

The paper's closed-form bidirectional cost cl1,l2(λ1,λ2)c^{l_1,l_2}(\lambda_1,\lambda_2)cl1​,l2​(λ1​,λ2​) is given in equations (3)–(4). It uses two characteristic roots α−\alpha_-α−​ and α+\alpha_+α+​, determined by the payment rates and rrr. This mission uses the formula at equal rates λ1=λ2=λ>0\lambda_1=\lambda_2=\lambda>0λ1​=λ2​=λ>0. A separate unidirectional cost c0,m(0,λ)c^{0,m}(0,\lambda)c0,m(0,λ) from equation (1) describes a stream in only one direction. Its optimizing size is denoted mmm below. The exact channel model has integer balance states; the paper optimizes the closed forms over positive real channel sizes in its asymptotic analysis.

Write copt(0,λ)c^{\mathrm{opt}}(0,\lambda)copt(0,λ) for the infimum of the unidirectional cost over m>0m>0m>0, and copt(λ,λ)c^{\mathrm{opt}}(\lambda,\lambda)copt(λ,λ) for the infimum of the symmetric bidirectional cost over l1,l2>0l_1,l_2>0l1​,l2​>0. These are functions of rrr and BBB as well as of λ\lambdaλ; the compact paper notation suppresses those arguments. The term O(ra)O(r^a)O(ra) has its usual uniform meaning as r↓0r\downarrow0r↓0 with BBB and λ\lambdaλ fixed: its absolute value is at most a constant times rar^ara for all sufficiently small positive rrr.

Formalization targets

Unidirectional benchmark

Theorem 3(i), equation (7), states

copt(0,λ)=2(Bλr)1/2−B2+O(r1/2).c^{\mathrm{opt}}(0,\lambda) =2\left(\frac{B\lambda}{r}\right)^{1/2}-\frac B2+O(r^{1/2}).copt(0,λ)=2(rBλ​)1/2−2B​+O(r1/2).

The same part states that an optimal size is (Bλ/r)1/2+O(r1/2)(B\lambda/r)^{1/2}+O(r^{1/2})(Bλ/r)1/2+O(r1/2). The mission records that size claim using the explicit optimizer displayed after equation (2) (Guasoni et al., 2023, pp. 6–7).

Symmetric bidirectional goal

The mission's goal is the cost clause of Theorem 3(ii), equation (8):

copt(λ,λ)=3(2Bλr)1/3−B6+O(r1/3).c^{\mathrm{opt}}(\lambda,\lambda) =3\left(\frac{2B\lambda}{r}\right)^{1/3}-\frac B6+O(r^{1/3}).copt(λ,λ)=3(r2Bλ​)1/3−6B​+O(r1/3).

This includes the constant correction −B/6-B/6−B/6 and a two-sided error estimate of order r1/3r^{1/3}r1/3. The theorem also states that optimal commitments are equal and each has size (2Bλ/r)1/3+O(r1/3)(2B\lambda/r)^{1/3}+O(r^{1/3})(2Bλ/r)1/3+O(r1/3). That separate size clause is outside this proposal; the goal does not assert the existence or location of a minimizing pair (Guasoni et al., 2023, p. 7).

Significance

The different exponents distinguish the two designs even when both can make frequent off-chain payments. At small rrr, the model's optimal symmetric bidirectional cost grows more slowly than its optimal unidirectional cost. The formulas also retain the next constant term, allowing a comparison beyond the leading growth rates. The paper relates this difference to the amount of capital that must be committed by the participants (Guasoni et al., 2023, p. 7).

A formal proof would connect the exact channel-cost formulas, a two-variable infimum, the diagonal specialization, bounds on the hyperbolic cosecant, and real asymptotics in one reusable development. The supporting statements are useful separately: the root expansion concerns a quadratic characteristic equation, and the diagonal reduction concerns a symmetric optimization problem. The paper supplies proofs of the mathematical results; the remaining work is their faithful machine-checked formalization.

Difficulty

The cost depends on rrr and on sizes that grow without bound as rrr approaches zero. An expansion valid for each fixed size does not by itself justify substituting a size that varies with rrr. The target asks for a uniform remainder at the infimum, including its constant term. The cost must be controlled from both sides over every admissible positive size; evaluating one promising size supplies only one side of that comparison. The paper's proof of Theorem 3 uses formal small-rrr expansions of the cost and first-order conditions, and the stated error rate calls for care when these are applied to moving optimizers (Guasoni et al., 2023, pp. 11–12).

Formalization scope

The Lean definitions reproduce equations (1), (3), and (4). The one-way and two-way costs are separate functions, matching the paper's separate treatment of the unidirectional boundary case. Real powers are used for the real-size optimization; the balance lattice in the exact stochastic model uses integer sizes. Both optimal costs are infima over strictly positive real sizes. The symmetric infimum is not defined by choosing a particular size or by assuming that the minimum is attained. All rates in the asymptotic theorems satisfy λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, the reset cost satisfies B>0B>0B>0, and the filter sends rrr to zero through positive values. Consequently a Big-O constant may depend on BBB and λ\lambdaλ but cannot depend on rrr.

The on-chain costs Cλ/rC\lambda/rCλ/r for one stream and 2Cλ/r2C\lambda/r2Cλ/r for two equal streams supply the paper's economic comparison, although CCC does not occur in this mission's cost goal. The diagonal milestone omits that on-chain term because it is constant in the channel sizes; it states a midpoint cost inequality so no minimizer is assumed. The proof's root expansion is recorded for both α+\alpha_+α+​ and α−\alpha_-α−​. The paper's assertion that the symmetric minimizing sizes equal (2Bλ/r)1/3+O(r1/3)(2B\lambda/r)^{1/3}+O(r^{1/3})(2Bλ/r)1/3+O(r1/3) is explicitly omitted. The development does not fix a numerical value of rrr, permit an rrr-dependent Big-O constant, drop the −B/6-B/6−B/6 term, or replace the infimum by cost at a chosen size.

The mission needs real-power identities, properties of sinh⁡\sinhsinh and cosh⁡\coshcosh, nonempty bounded-below cost sets, infimum estimates, and Mathlib's Asymptotics.IsBigO on the positive-side neighborhood of zero. Results about real asymptotics and symmetric minimization can be reused beyond this channel model. Contributions proving the cost milestones, the root expansion, the diagonal inequality, and the goal are all within scope.

Selected references

  • Guasoni, P., Huberman, G., and Shikhelman, Y., Lightning Network Economics: Channels, Management Science, Articles in Advance, November 6, 2023, pp. 1–14. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.2022.01664.
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryLinear Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantum Algorithms for Zero-Sum Games 2: The Value of a Zero-Sum Game, Known to Error ε/(6R(r+1)), Decides Whether an LP Has OPT < α or OPT ≥ α − εResearch Paper

Linear programs as zero-sum games

Linear programming and two-player zero-sum matrix games are two faces of one theory. Von Neumann's minimax theorem is a statement of LP duality, and conversely, since Dantzig's 1951 note, every linear program can be rewritten as a zero-sum game. The equivalence matters in practice whenever an algorithm is much better at one of the two problems. Game solvers based on multiplicative weights and sampling, such as the randomized algorithm of Grigoriadis and Khachiyan (GK95), approximate the value of an n×mn\times mn×m game in time sublinear in the size of the matrix. Carmon, Duchi, Sidford and Tian (arXiv:1903.02675) and van Apeldoorn and Gilyén (arXiv:1904.03180) use such game solvers, classical or quantum, as linear-programming solvers. For that to work, the reduction from a linear program to a game must be explicit, with the exact error budget that the game solver has to meet.

This mission formalizes that reduction as it is stated in §4 of van Apeldoorn and Gilyén (2019), Lemma 12 (p. 14). The paper uses it to turn its quantum zero-sum game solvers into quantum LP solvers with cubic dependence on R(r+1)/εR(r+1)/\varepsilonR(r+1)/ε (Theorem 13, p. 15).

Setting

The linear program. Let A∈Rn×mA \in \mathbb R^{n\times m}A∈Rn×m, b∈Rmb \in \mathbb R^mb∈Rm and c∈Rnc \in \mathbb R^nc∈Rn. The primal LP (4) and its dual (5) are

max⁡y∈Rm { bTy:Ay≤c, y≥0 },min⁡x∈Rn { cTx:ATx≥b, x≥0 }.\max_{y \in \mathbb R^m}\ \{\, b^{\mathsf T}y : Ay \le c,\ y \ge 0 \,\}, \qquad \min_{x \in \mathbb R^n}\ \{\, c^{\mathsf T}x : A^{\mathsf T}x \ge b,\ x \ge 0 \,\}.y∈Rmmax​ {bTy:Ay≤c, y≥0},x∈Rnmin​ {cTx:ATx≥b, x≥0}.

The paper's standing assumptions (p. 12) are:

  • every entry of AAA, bbb and ccc lies in [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1];
  • a constant R>0R > 0R>0 is known such that adding ∑jyj≤R\sum_j y_j \le R∑j​yj​≤R to the primal does not change its optimal value, and ∣ci∣≤R|c_i| \le R∣ci​∣≤R for every iii;
  • a constant rrr is known such that adding ∑ixi≤r\sum_i x_i \le r∑i​xi​≤r to the dual does not change its optimal value. The two optimal values coincide, and OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT denotes the common value.

The game. In a zero-sum game with payoff matrix MMM, the column player picks a mixed strategy yyy in the standard simplex Δ={y≥0:∑kyk=1}\Delta = \{y \ge 0 : \sum_k y_k = 1\}Δ={y≥0:∑k​yk​=1}, and the row player picks the row with the largest payoff. The value of the game (LP (1), p. 2) is

λ∗(M)=min⁡y∈Δ max⁡i (My)i.\lambda^*(M) = \min_{y \in \Delta}\ \max_i\ (My)_i .λ∗(M)=y∈Δmin​ imax​ (My)i​.

The reduction. Fix a threshold α\alphaα. With eee the all-ones vector of length mmm, the game matrix (6) acts on the variables (y,z,h)(y, z, h)(y,z,h) (the original variables, one slack variable and one homogenizing variable):

A′′′=(eT1−1−eT−11−bT0α/RA0−c/R).A''' = \begin{pmatrix} e^{\mathsf T} & 1 & -1 \\ -e^{\mathsf T} & -1 & 1 \\ -b^{\mathsf T} & 0 & \alpha/R \\ A & 0 & -c/R \end{pmatrix}.A′′′=​eT−eT−bTA​1−100​−11α/R−c/R​​.

Write λ∗=λ∗(A′′′)\lambda^* = \lambda^*(A''')λ∗=λ∗(A′′′) for its value, and set the error level ε′′′=ε/(6R(r+1))\varepsilon''' = \varepsilon/(6R(r+1))ε′′′=ε/(6R(r+1)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 12

For every ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0, every threshold α\alphaα with ∣α∣≤R|\alpha| \le R∣α∣≤R, and every estimate λ~\tilde\lambdaλ~ with ∣λ~−λ∗∣≤ε′′′|\tilde\lambda - \lambda^*| \le \varepsilon'''∣λ~−λ∗∣≤ε′′′,

λ~>ε′′′  ⟹  OPT<α,λ~≤ε′′′  ⟹  OPT≥α−ε.\tilde\lambda > \varepsilon''' \implies \mathrm{OPT} < \alpha, \qquad \tilde\lambda \le \varepsilon''' \implies \mathrm{OPT} \ge \alpha - \varepsilon .λ~>ε′′′⟹OPT<α,λ~≤ε′′′⟹OPT≥α−ε.

This is the paper's "finding the optimal value λ∗\lambda^*λ∗ of the game (6) up to additive error ε′′′\varepsilon'''ε′′′ suffices to correctly conclude either OPT<α\mathrm{OPT} < \alphaOPT<α or OPT≥α−ε\mathrm{OPT} \ge \alpha - \varepsilonOPT≥α−ε", with the decision rule its proof uses.

The two cases (milestones)

The goal splits into the two exact implications of the proof:

λ∗>0  ⟹  OPT<α,λ∗≤2ε′′′  ⟹  OPT≥α−ε.\lambda^* > 0 \implies \mathrm{OPT} < \alpha, \qquad\qquad \lambda^* \le 2\varepsilon''' \implies \mathrm{OPT} \ge \alpha - \varepsilon .λ∗>0⟹OPT<α,λ∗≤2ε′′′⟹OPT≥α−ε.

The milestones follow the printed proof, all on p. 14:

  • the explicit strategy y^\hat yy^​ built from a primal point with objective at least α\alphaα;
  • the first case;
  • the existence of a strategy that attains the value;
  • the bound ∣h−1/2∣≤ε′′′|h - 1/2| \le \varepsilon'''∣h−1/2∣≤ε′′′;
  • the approximate feasibility and optimality bounds (7)–(8);
  • weak duality with relaxed constraints;
  • the second case.

Significance

The result. Lemma 12 is the bridge that makes any approximate zero-sum game solver an approximate LP solver. It turns the question "is OPT≥α\mathrm{OPT} \ge \alphaOPT≥α?" into a single approximate value computation, and binary search over α∈[−R,R]\alpha \in [-R, R]α∈[−R,R] (p. 12) then locates OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT to additive error ε\varepsilonε. The constant 6R(r+1)6R(r+1)6R(r+1) is the price of the reduction. It fixes how accurately the game must be solved, and therefore the (R(r+1)/ε)3(R(r+1)/\varepsilon)^3(R(r+1)/ε)3 and (R(r+1)/ε)3.5(R(r+1)/\varepsilon)^{3.5}(R(r+1)/ε)3.5 factors of Theorem 13. The same reduction appears, in other forms, in classical sublinear LP solvers.

Formalizing it. The lemma is proved in the paper; this mission produces a machine-checked version with every constant explicit. That is not a formality here. As printed, the second row of (6) is (−eT,1,1)(-e^{\mathsf T}, 1, 1)(−eT,1,1), and with that row the lemma is false: for n=m=1n = m = 1n=m=1, A=1A = 1A=1, c=1c = 1c=1, b=−1b = -1b=−1, R=1R = 1R=1, r=0r = 0r=0 and α=0\alpha = 0α=0, one has OPT=0≥α\mathrm{OPT} = 0 \ge \alphaOPT=0≥α but λ∗>0\lambda^* > 0λ∗>0. The derivation on p. 13 gives (−eT,−1,1)(-e^{\mathsf T}, -1, 1)(−eT,−1,1), which the mission uses. Step (7) of the proof is written for α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0 and needs ∣α∣≤R|\alpha| \le R∣α∣≤R in general. The mission states the lemma with both repairs, so that later LP-solver formalizations can cite an exact statement. To our knowledge no machine-checked version of this reduction exists.

Difficulty

Each step is elementary, and the difficulty is bookkeeping. The game value is an infimum over the simplex, and the second case needs a strategy that actually attains it, or an approximation argument with slack. The homogenizing variable hhh is pinned only approximately: an approximately optimal strategy satisfies h≈1/2h \approx 1/2h≈1/2 only up to ε′′′\varepsilon'''ε′′′. That error is multiplied by α/R\alpha/Rα/R and ci/Rc_i/Rci​/R, whose signs are arbitrary, so the inequalities that look natural for nonnegative data fail for negative α\alphaα or cic_ici​. The relaxed constraints then pass through weak duality, where the dual bound rrr enters, and the errors have to add up to exactly ε\varepsilonε. A reading with α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0 would cover only half of the binary search.

Formalization scope

  • Data. AAA is Matrix (Fin n) (Fin m) ℝ, bbb is Fin m → ℝ and ccc is Fin n → ℝ: constraints are indexed by Fin n and variables by Fin m, as in (4). The paper's index letters in §4 vary.

  • Standing assumptions. A structure LPStanding A b c R r OPT collects them:

    • entries of AAA, bbb, ccc in [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1];
    • R>0R > 0R>0 and ∣ci∣≤R|c_i| \le R∣ci​∣≤R;
    • OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT bounds every primal feasible objective and is attained by a primal feasible yyy with ∑jyj≤R\sum_j y_j \le R∑j​yj​≤R;
    • OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT is attained by a dual feasible xxx with ∑ixi≤r\sum_i x_i \le r∑i​xi​≤r.

    The last item is the paper's assumption of strong duality, in the form its proof uses. It is a hypothesis, not a theorem to derive.

  • The game. The matrix (6) has rows Fin 2 ⊕ (Unit ⊕ Fin n) and columns Fin m ⊕ Fin 2 (with zzz = inr 0 and hhh = inr 1), and its second row is the corrected (−eT,−1,1)(-e^{\mathsf T}, -1, 1)(−eT,−1,1).

  • The value. The value is sInf of the image of stdSimplex under y↦max⁡i(My)iy \mapsto \max_i (My)_iy↦maxi​(My)i​. It is not an infimum over a membership proposition, which in Lean would return min⁡(0,λ∗)\min(0, \lambda^*)min(0,λ∗) and make the first case vacuous. LP (1)'s side constraint λ∈[−1,1]\lambda \in [-1, 1]λ∈[−1,1] is omitted because it is inactive for entries in [−1,1][-1, 1][−1,1].

  • Constants. ε′′′=ε/(6R(r+1))\varepsilon''' = \varepsilon/(6R(r+1))ε′′′=ε/(6R(r+1)) exactly, with ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0.

  • Added hypothesis. ∣α∣≤R|\alpha| \le R∣α∣≤R is the one hypothesis not written in the lemma. §4 supplies it through the binary search range, and through the requirement that (6) be a game with entries in [−1,1][-1,1][−1,1].

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out. LPStanding is satisfiable, the second row forces ∑jyj+z=h\sum_j y_j + z = h∑j​yj​+z=h, the value is not junk on a positive game, and the goal is stated for every estimate within ε′′′\varepsilon'''ε′′′ rather than only at λ∗=0\lambda^* = 0λ∗=0. A sanity file checks the first three on small instances.

Infrastructure. Everything is built from Mathlib's stdSimplex, Matrix.mulVec and dotProduct. The attainment of the value of a finite matrix game (milestone exists_strategy_le) and weak duality with relaxed constraints are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, and so are alternative proofs of the second case that avoid attainment by a slack argument.

Selected references

  • J. van Apeldoorn and A. Gilyén, Quantum algorithms for zero-sum games, arXiv:1904.03180v1, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1904.03180
  • M. D. Grigoriadis and L. G. Khachiyan, A sublinear-time randomized approximation algorithm for matrix games, Operations Research Letters 18(2):53–58, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1016/0167-6377(95)00032-0
  • Y. Carmon, J. C. Duchi, A. Sidford and K. Tian, A rank-1 sketch for matrix multiplicative weights, arXiv:1903.02675, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1903.02675
  • G. B. Dantzig, A proof of the equivalence of the programming problem and the game problem, in T. C. Koopmans (ed.), Activity Analysis of Production and Allocation, Wiley, 1951, pp. 330–335.
  • I. Adler, The equivalence of linear programs and zero-sum games, International Journal of Game Theory 42(1):165–177, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00182-012-0328-8
10 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Revenue Management in Crowdfunding 2: Optimal Pledge Level and Campaign Duration When Each Backer Type Shares One Valuation and Herding Is WeakResearch Paper

Motivation

On reward-based crowdfunding platforms such as Kickstarter, a project creator fixes two numbers before launch: the pledge level ppp, the amount a backer commits, and the campaign duration TTT. Both are set once and cannot be revised. A higher pledge earns more per backer but turns away backers whose valuation falls short, and a longer campaign reaches more backers but makes them wait longer for a project they value less the further away its delivery is. Zhang, Savin and Veeraraghavan (Revenue Management in Crowdfunding, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2022; manuscript SSRN 3065267) model this trade-off with two kinds of backers. Independent backers decide on their own valuation. Herding backers arrive in proportion to the pledges already collected, so early success attracts more pledges. The paper asks when the creator should exploit herding and when it should ignore it.

This mission formalizes the paper's answer in the simplest setting it treats: every independent backer values the project at the same viv_ivi​, and every herding backer at the same vhv_hvh​.

Setting

A campaign has a population I^>0\hat I>0I^>0 of independent backers, who arrive at rate k>0k>0k>0 times the number still to come. Every backer discounts the project's value at rate r>0r>0r>0: a backer arriving at time ttt with valuation vvv pledges if and only if ve−r(T−t)≥pv e^{-r(T-t)}\ge pve−r(T−t)≥p. Herding backers arrive at time ttt at rate Λhqp\Lambda_h q pΛh​qp times the number of pledges so far, where Λh≥0\Lambda_h\ge0Λh​≥0 is an arrival rate and q≥0q\ge0q≥0 a propensity to pledge, and they pledge under the same discounted-value rule. Valuations lie in [0,vˉ][0,\bar v][0,vˉ] and enter only through the survival functions Fˉi=1−Fi\bar F_i=1-F_iFˉi​=1−Fi​ and Fˉh=1−Fh\bar F_h=1-F_hFˉh​=1−Fh​ of the two valuation laws.

The paper solves the pledging dynamics in closed form (its Propositions 1 and 2). The numbers of pledging independent and herding backers at time ttt are

nip(t,p,T)=kI^∫0te−kxFˉi(per(T−x)) dx,n^p_i(t,p,T)=k\hat I\int_0^t e^{-kx}\bar F_i\big(pe^{r(T-x)}\big)\,dx,nip​(t,p,T)=kI^∫0t​e−kxFˉi​(per(T−x))dx, nhp(t,p,T)=Λhqp kI^∫0teΛhqp∫τtFˉh(per(T−u))du Fˉh(per(T−τ))∫0τe−kxFˉi(per(T−x))dx dτ.n^p_h(t,p,T)=\Lambda_hqp\,k\hat I\int_0^t e^{\Lambda_hqp\int_\tau^t\bar F_h(pe^{r(T-u)})du}\,\bar F_h\big(pe^{r(T-\tau)}\big)\int_0^\tau e^{-kx}\bar F_i\big(pe^{r(T-x)}\big)dx\,d\tau .nhp​(t,p,T)=Λh​qpkI^∫0t​eΛh​qp∫τt​Fˉh​(per(T−u))duFˉh​(per(T−τ))∫0τ​e−kxFˉi​(per(T−x))dxdτ.

The total number of pledges is n(p,T)=nip(T,p,T)+nhp(T,p,T)n(p,T)=n^p_i(T,p,T)+n^p_h(T,p,T)n(p,T)=nip​(T,p,T)+nhp​(T,p,T), and the creator's problem (18) is

max⁡ π(p,T)=p n(p,T)over0<p≤vˉ,  0≤T≤1rln⁡(vˉ/p).\max\ \pi(p,T)=p\,n(p,T)\quad\text{over}\quad 0<p\le\bar v,\ \ 0\le T\le\tfrac1r\ln(\bar v/p).max π(p,T)=pn(p,T)over0<p≤vˉ,  0≤T≤r1​ln(vˉ/p).

With identical valuations, Fˉi(y)=1\bar F_i(y)=1Fˉi​(y)=1 for y<viy<v_iy<vi​ and 000 for y≥viy\ge v_iy≥vi​, and likewise Fˉh\bar F_hFˉh​ with vhv_hvh​, where 0<vi,vh≤vˉ0<v_i,v_h\le\bar v0<vi​,vh​≤vˉ. Proposition 6 adds the constraint T≤1rln⁡(vi/p)T\le\frac1r\ln(v_i/p)T≤r1​ln(vi​/p), under which every independent backer pledges from the start.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6(ii)

Let Λh,q>0\Lambda_h,q>0Λh​,q>0, vi>vhv_i>v_hvi​>vh​, and set δ=Λhqvh/r\delta=\Lambda_hqv_h/rδ=Λh​qvh​/r, a=k/(Λhq)a=k/(\Lambda_hq)a=k/(Λh​q), b=Λhq/rb=\Lambda_hq/rb=Λh​q/r and

X=ebvh/e14a(krvhe−2+0.5 bvh2e−3+2a+vh)+1a(kr(vh+a)+a).X=e^{bv_h/e}\frac1{4a}\Big(\frac kr v_he^{-2}+0.5\,bv_h^2e^{-3}+2a+v_h\Big)+\frac1a\Big(\frac kr(v_h+a)+a\Big).X=ebvh​/e4a1​(rk​vh​e−2+0.5bvh2​e−3+2a+vh​)+a1​(rk​(vh​+a)+a).

If δ<1\delta<1δ<1 and vi/vh>(X/(1−δ))r/kv_i/v_h>(X/(1-\delta))^{r/k}vi​/vh​>(X/(1−δ))r/k, then on Proposition 6's feasible set the unique maximizer of π\piπ is

p∗=vi(rk+r)r/k,T∗=1rln⁡vip∗.p^*=v_i\Big(\frac r{k+r}\Big)^{r/k},\qquad T^*=\frac1r\ln\frac{v_i}{p^*}.p∗=vi​(k+rr​)r/k,T∗=r1​lnp∗vi​​.

Milestones

  1. Corollary 1. If 0<p≤min⁡(vie−rT,vh)0<p\le\min(v_ie^{-rT},v_h)0<p≤min(vi​e−rT,vh​), then for t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T], nip(t,p,T)=I^(1−e−kt)n^p_i(t,p,T)=\hat I(1-e^{-kt})nip​(t,p,T)=I^(1−e−kt) and nhpn^p_hnhp​ equals the explicit formula (15).
  2. Proposition 3(b). If Λhqvh/r<1\Lambda_hqv_h/r<1Λh​qvh​/r<1 and k/r>2k/r>2k/r>2, then for every sufficiently long fixed duration TTT, the unique optimal pledge level on (18)'s range is p∗(T)=vie−rTp^*(T)=v_ie^{-rT}p∗(T)=vi​e−rT.
  3. Proposition 6(i). If vi≤vhv_i\le v_hvi​≤vh​, an optimal campaign exists on Proposition 6's feasible set, and every optimum has p∗≥vi/ep^*\ge v_i/ep∗≥vi​/e and T∗≤1/rT^*\le 1/rT∗≤1/r.

Significance

Proposition 6 separates two regimes. When herding backers value the project at least as much as independent ones, the optimal campaign is short, T∗≤1/rT^*\le1/rT∗≤1/r, and its pledge is at least vi/ev_i/evi​/e. When herding is weak (δ<1\delta<1δ<1) and independent backers value the project enough more than herding ones, the creator's best response is to price herding backers out entirely and run the campaign that would be optimal if no herding backer existed. The threshold (33) quantifies "enough more". Together with Proposition 3(b), which fixes the duration and finds that the optimal pledge sits exactly at the highest level that keeps every independent backer in from the start, these results give a creator explicit rules rather than a numerical optimization.

The paper states that the proofs of Propositions 3 to 7 are in an online Technical Appendix, which is not part of the manuscript this mission cites; the manuscript's own Appendix proves only Propositions 1 and 2 and Corollaries 1 and 2. None of the results has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing Proposition 6(ii) would supply a verified proof of a result whose published proof is not in the source held here, and would check the threshold (33), whose grouping of terms is read off the typeset page.

Difficulty

The objective π\piπ is defined through nested integrals of step functions, so it is not differentiable everywhere: the jumps of Fˉi\bar F_iFˉi​ and Fˉh\bar F_hFˉh​ put kinks in π\piπ where p=vie−rTp=v_ie^{-rT}p=vi​e−rT and where p=vhe−rTp=v_he^{-rT}p=vh​e−rT or p=vhp=v_hp=vh​, at which a backer type starts or stops pledging during the campaign. Setting a gradient to zero does not identify the optimum. The obvious argument for the goal, that herding backers do not pledge at p∗>vhp^*>v_hp∗>vh​ and so the no-herding optimum is optimal, compares only campaigns that exclude herding backers; it says nothing about the campaigns with a lower pledge level that do attract them. Those campaigns gain a herding term growing exponentially in Λhqp\Lambda_hqpΛh​qp times the time during which herding backers pledge, and the comparison must hold uniformly over the whole feasible region, which is what the threshold (33) is for. Uniqueness, not only optimality, must also be shown.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace CrowdfundRM.Identical. Parameters form a structure Campaign with fields Ihat, k, r, Lh (for Λh\Lambda_hΛh​), q, vbar, Fbi, Fbh. The standing assumptions, implicit in the paper, are I^,k,r,vˉ>0\hat I,k,r,\bar v>0I^,k,r,vˉ>0, Λh,q≥0\Lambda_h,q\ge0Λh​,q≥0, and that each survival function is nonincreasing, takes values in [0,1][0,1][0,1], equals 111 below 000 and 000 from vˉ\bar vvˉ on. Identical valuations set Fˉi\bar F_iFˉi​, Fˉh\bar F_hFˉh​ to the step functions above with 0<vi,vh≤vˉ0<v_i,v_h\le\bar v0<vi​,vh​≤vˉ.

Conventions: real numbers throughout; the pledge counts are the closed forms (5) and (11); the feasible set of (18) adds p>0p>0p>0, which ln⁡(vˉ/p)\ln(\bar v/p)ln(vˉ/p) requires; "the optimal" is the unique maximizer over the stated feasible set, and Proposition 6(i), which does not claim uniqueness, asserts that a maximizer exists and bounds every maximizer; "sufficiently long" in Proposition 3(b) is an unspecified threshold T0>0T_0>0T0​>0; Λh,q>0\Lambda_h,q>0Λh​,q>0 is added in Proposition 6(ii) because aaa and bbb divide by Λhq\Lambda_hqΛh​q. The paper's T∗=1rln⁡(vi/pˉ)T^*=\frac1r\ln(v_i/\bar p)T∗=r1​ln(vi​/pˉ​) has an undefined pˉ\bar ppˉ​ and is read as p∗p^*p∗. In (33) the factors ebvh/ee^{bv_h/e}ebvh​/e and 1/(4a)1/(4a)1/(4a) multiply only the first bracket.

The following formalizations would trivialize the targets and are ruled out: defining n(p,T)n(p,T)n(p,T) by the explicit formulas (14)–(15) or by the paper's single formula (17) instead of (5) and (11); stating optimality through sSup or a first-order condition; stating Proposition 6(i) for maximizers without asserting that one exists; and stating Proposition 3(b) with a chosen threshold or with Proposition 6's narrower feasible set. The pledging differential equations themselves and their solution (Propositions 1–2) are formalized in the companion mission on triangular valuations; this mission works from their closed forms.

Infrastructure needed: interval integrals of monotone step functions, the exponential, logarithm and real power from Mathlib. Explicit evaluation of the nested integrals under step laws (Corollary 1) is reusable for any proof in this model. Contributions are welcome on each milestone and on lemmas such as continuity of π\piπ on the feasible set and the closed form of π\piπ in each region of (p,T)(p,T)(p,T).

Selected references

  • J. Zhang, S. Savin, S. Veeraraghavan, Revenue Management in Crowdfunding, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2022.1147. Cited from the authors' manuscript of May 26, 2021, SSRN 3065267: https://ssrn.com/abstract=3065267
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Managing Outpatient Service with Strategic Walk-ins II: The Triage Model Costs Less When C_L/C_O ≤ α̲ and the Strategic Model Costs Less When C_L/C_O ≥ ᾱResearch Paper

Motivation

Many outpatient clinics offer two ways in: an appointment booked online, and walk-in hours on the day. Some patients have no choice (acute cases arrive as walk-ins), but many can pick either channel, and they pick the one that costs them less: a long appointment delay pushes them into the walk-in room, a crowded walk-in room pushes them to book or to give up. A clinic deciding how to split its daily capacity between the two channels therefore faces a game, not a forecasting problem.

Liu, van Jaarsveld, Wang and Xiao (SSRN 3558209; Management Science 2023, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2023.4676) model this game and compare three operational levers: the capacity split, how much delay information the booking system reveals, and triage, that is, reserving walk-in hours for acute patients only (as some practices do, e.g. Centre Pediatrics 2021). This mission formalizes the triage comparison, Proposition 6 of the paper: closing walk-in hours to patients who could book pays off exactly when lost demand is cheap relative to overtime.

Setting

Patients. Exogenous walk-ins arrive at rate λE\lambda_EλE​ and are always served on the day, possibly in overtime. Strategic patients arrive as a Poisson process of rate λ>0\lambda>0λ>0. A served patient gains R>0R>0R>0.

Capacity. The clinic has total capacity μ>0\mu>0μ>0 per day, split into appointment hours μS\mu_SμS​ and walk-in hours μW=μ−μS\mu_W=\mu-\mu_SμW​=μ−μS​, with μS∈[0,μ)\mu_S\in[0,\mu)μS​∈[0,μ).

The appointment queue. Appointments form a single-server queue with deterministic service time 1/μS1/\mu_S1/μS​. In the observable setting a patient sees the queue: with kkk patients waiting, the delay is (k+u~)/μS(k+\tilde u)/\mu_S(k+u~)/μS​, u~\tilde uu~ uniform on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. A patient schedules when this delay is at most a threshold δ\deltaδ, and scheduling at delay ddd is worth uS2(d)=R−CDdu^2_S(d)=R-C_D duS2​(d)=R−CD​d. The fraction of strategic patients who do not schedule is the blocking probability π(δ,μS)\pi(\delta,\mu_S)π(δ,μS​) of this M/D/1/K−1+p queue, where K=⌈δμS⌉K=\lceil\delta\mu_S\rceilK=⌈δμS​⌉ and p=δμS+1−Kp=\delta\mu_S+1-Kp=δμS​+1−K. With ρ=λ/μS\rho=\lambda/\mu_Sρ=λ/μS​ it has the closed form π(δ,μS)=1−1/(q0+ρ)\pi(\delta,\mu_S)=1-1/(q_0+\rho)π(δ,μS​)=1−1/(q0​+ρ), where q0q_0q0​ is built from the Poisson weights αj=ρje−ρ/j!\alpha_j=\rho^je^{-\rho}/j!αj​=ρje−ρ/j! by the Brun–Garcia recursion (Online Appendix C, (26)–(27), Corollary C.1). With no appointment hours, π(δ,0)=1\pi(\delta,0)=1π(δ,0)=1.

Walking in and balking. A patient who does not schedule walks in with probability proportional to pWp_WpW​ or balks with probability proportional to pBp_BpB​. Walking in is worth uW2(pW)=R−CW w((λE+pWλ)/μW)u^2_W(p_W)=R-C_W\,w\big((\lambda_E+p_W\lambda)/\mu_W\big)uW2​(pW​)=R−CW​w((λE​+pW​λ)/μW​), with www convex, strictly increasing and w(0)=0w(0)=0w(0)=0; balking is worth 000. An observable equilibrium (δ,pW,pB)(\delta,p_W,p_B)(δ,pW​,pB​) is a solution of conditions (6)–(10): the threshold δ\deltaδ makes scheduling at least as good as the walk-in/balk mixture up to δ\deltaδ and worse beyond it, pW+pB=π(δ,μS)p_W+p_B=\pi(\delta,\mu_S)pW​+pB​=π(δ,μS​), and patients walk in (balk) only if walking in is worth at least (at most) zero.

Costs. The provider pays CLC_LCL​ per balking patient and CO o(⋅)C_O\,o(\cdot)CO​o(⋅) for overtime, with ooo convex and strictly increasing. In the strategic model patients choose freely, and the cost at allocation μS\mu_SμS​ and equilibrium (δ,pW,pB)(\delta,p_W,p_B)(δ,pW​,pB​) is

Zs=CL pBλ+CO o(pWλ+λEμW).(Ob.P)Z^s=C_L\,p_B\lambda+C_O\,o\Big(\frac{p_W\lambda+\lambda_E}{\mu_W}\Big). \qquad\text{(Ob.P)}Zs=CL​pB​λ+CO​o(μW​pW​λ+λE​​).(Ob.P)

In the triage model strategic patients may only schedule or balk, so they behave with threshold R/CDR/C_DR/CD​ and

Zt=CL π(R/CD,μS) λ+CO o(λEμW).(T.Ob.P)Z^t=C_L\,\pi(R/C_D,\mu_S)\,\lambda+C_O\,o\Big(\frac{\lambda_E}{\mu_W}\Big). \qquad\text{(T.Ob.P)}Zt=CL​π(R/CD​,μS​)λ+CO​o(μW​λE​​).(T.Ob.P)

Let μ‾W\underline\mu_Wμ​W​ solve R−CW w(λE/μ‾W)=0R-C_W\,w(\lambda_E/\underline\mu_W)=0R−CW​w(λE​/μ​W​)=0 (15): below these walk-in hours the exogenous walk-ins alone make walking in worthless.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6

Suppose μ>μ‾W\mu>\underline\mu_Wμ>μ​W​ and set

α‾=o′(λE/μ)μ,α‾=o′(λE/μ‾W)μ‾Wmax⁡{λEλ π(R/CD,μ−μ‾W),1}.\underline\alpha=\frac{o'(\lambda_E/\mu)}{\mu},\qquad \overline\alpha=\frac{o'(\lambda_E/\underline\mu_W)}{\underline\mu_W}\max\Big\{\frac{\lambda_E}{\lambda\,\pi(R/C_D,\mu-\underline\mu_W)},1\Big\}.α​=μo′(λE​/μ)​,α=μ​W​o′(λE​/μ​W​)​max{λπ(R/CD​,μ−μ​W​)λE​​,1}.

Then

CLCO≤α‾ ⟹ inf⁡Zt≤inf⁡Zs,CLCO≥α‾ ⟹ inf⁡Zs≤inf⁡Zt,\frac{C_L}{C_O}\le\underline\alpha\ \Longrightarrow\ \inf Z^t\le\inf Z^s,\qquad \frac{C_L}{C_O}\ge\overline\alpha\ \Longrightarrow\ \inf Z^s\le\inf Z^t,CO​CL​​≤α​ ⟹ infZt≤infZs,CO​CL​​≥α ⟹ infZs≤infZt,

where the infima are over allocations μS∈[0,μ)\mu_S\in[0,\mu)μS​∈[0,μ) and, on the strategic side, over the equilibria at each allocation. The Lean statement says this without infima: every strategic configuration is matched by a triage allocation that costs no more, and every triage allocation is matched by a strategic allocation at which an equilibrium exists and every equilibrium costs no more.

Milestones

  1. Proposition C.2 (μS\mu_SμS​-part): μS↦π(δ,μS)\mu_S\mapsto\pi(\delta,\mu_S)μS​↦π(δ,μS​) is continuous and strictly decreasing on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞).
  2. Proposition 1 (observable setting): an observable equilibrium exists at every allocation.
  3. Proposition 2 (1): if μW≤μ‾W\mu_W\le\underline\mu_WμW​≤μ​W​, every equilibrium is schedule-and-balk, pW=0p_W=0pW​=0, δ=R/CD\delta=R/C_Dδ=R/CD​, pB=π(R/CD,μS)p_B=\pi(R/C_D,\mu_S)pB​=π(R/CD​,μS​).
  4. From the proof of part 1: λ (1−π(δ,μS))≤λ (1−π(R/CD,μS))\lambda\,(1-\pi(\delta,\mu_S))\le\lambda\,(1-\pi(R/C_D,\mu_S))λ(1−π(δ,μS​))≤λ(1−π(R/CD​,μS​)) at every equilibrium.
  5. From the proof of part 2: if nobody balks, (λpW+λE)/μW≤λE/μ‾W(\lambda p_W+\lambda_E)/\mu_W\le\lambda_E/\underline\mu_W(λpW​+λE​)/μW​≤λE​/μ​W​.
  6. From the proof of part 2: if patients mix between walking in and balking, (λpW+λE)/μW=λE/μ‾W(\lambda p_W+\lambda_E)/\mu_W=\lambda_E/\underline\mu_W(λpW​+λE​)/μW​=λE​/μ​W​.

Significance

Proposition 6 turns a qualitative trade-off into two explicit thresholds on the ratio of the lost-demand cost to the overtime cost. Free choice reduces balking but lets strategic patients crowd the walk-in hours; triage removes that crowding at the price of more balking. The thresholds α‾\underline\alphaα​ and α‾\overline\alphaα depend only on the overtime function, the capacity and the blocking probability, so a clinic can evaluate them from its own data. The paper also shows (Remark 4, Appendix D.8) that the same insight holds in the unobservable setting, with capacity playing an additional role; that variant is not part of this mission.

The result is proved in the paper (Online Appendix E.3, pp. 35–37) and has no machine-checked proof. The formalization adds three things. It fixes the equilibrium concept precisely, including the mixture weights and the endpoint conventions. It states the comparison of optimal costs without presupposing that the optima are attained; the paper's proof begins "denote the optimal capacity allocations" without proving existence. And it ties the blocking probability to the paper's closed form, so the monotonicity in μS\mu_SμS​ that the proof invokes becomes a statement about an explicit function rather than about a queue described in words.

Difficulty

The comparison itself is a chain of convexity inequalities at a single allocation. The hard part is the blocking probability. The paper proves that π(δ,μS)\pi(\delta,\mu_S)π(δ,μS​) decreases in μS\mu_SμS​ by a sample-path argument on the queue, but a formal development has only the closed form, in which K=⌈δμS⌉K=\lceil\delta\mu_S\rceilK=⌈δμS​⌉ jumps at every μS\mu_SμS​ where δμS\delta\mu_SδμS​ is an integer, ppp jumps from 111 to 000 there, and ρ=λ/μS\rho=\lambda/\mu_Sρ=λ/μS​ moves continuously. Monotonicity and continuity must be shown across these seams, through alternating sums whose terms cancel heavily. The obvious route, differentiating the closed form for fixed KKK, does not give the sign without a further structural argument on the coefficients aja_jaj​.

Existence of an equilibrium (milestone 2) is an intermediate-value argument in δ\deltaδ, which in turn needs continuity of π\piπ in δ\deltaδ and positivity of π\piπ.

Formalization scope

Everything lives in the namespace OutpatientWalkIn.Triage. The definition Queue contains the closed-form blocking probability blockProb lam δ μS; the definition Setting contains the model, the standing assumptions, the utilities, the equilibrium IsObsEq, the costs obsCost and triageCost, and the thresholds alphaLow, alphaHigh.

Conventions:

  • Standing assumptions, hypotheses of every theorem: λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, λE≥0\lambda_E\ge0λE​≥0, R,CD,CW>0R,C_D,C_W>0R,CD​,CW​>0, CL,CO≥0C_L,C_O\ge0CL​,CO​≥0, μ>0\mu>0μ>0; www convex and strictly increasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with w(0)=0w(0)=0w(0)=0 (Assumption 1); ooo convex and strictly increasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (Assumption 2).
  • Allocations range over μS∈[0,μ)\mu_S\in[0,\mu)μS​∈[0,μ) on both sides, so that μW>0\mu_W>0μW​>0; the paper's μS=μ\mu_S=\muμS​=μ leaves the exogenous walk-ins with no walk-in hours.
  • π(δ,0)=1\pi(\delta,0)=1π(δ,0)=1; the observable setting is defined directly (the paper's CG=0C_G=0CG​=0).
  • The equilibrium carries the guard pW+pB>0p_W+p_B>0pW​+pB​>0, which by (8) is π(δ,μS)>0\pi(\delta,\mu_S)>0π(δ,μS​)>0 and excludes no equilibrium of the paper.
  • Added hypotheses of the goal: CO>0C_O>0CO​>0, λE>0\lambda_E>0λE​>0, μ‾W>0\underline\mu_W>0μ​W​>0 given by (15), and differentiability of ooo at λE/μ\lambda_E/\muλE​/μ and λE/μ‾W\lambda_E/\underline\mu_WλE​/μ​W​ (where o′o'o′ is evaluated). Without them Lean's CL/0=0C_L/0=0CL​/0=0 and the zero derivative of a non-differentiable function would make α‾=0\underline\alpha=0α​=0 and turn part 1 into a different claim.
  • "Costs less" is "costs no more" (p. 26).

A formalization that compares the two models at one fixed allocation only, that lets the prover choose a cheap equilibrium when several might exist, or that replaces π\piπ by an arbitrary decreasing function, is not the paper's theorem; the statements here rule these out.

Contributions welcome: properties of the closed-form π\piπ (positivity, π≤1\pi\le1π≤1, monotonicity and continuity in both arguments), the existence of equilibria, and the convexity estimates of the final comparison. The queue file is reusable for any M/D/1/K model with partial joining.

Selected references

  • N. Liu, W. van Jaarsveld, S. Wang, G. Xiao, Managing Outpatient Service with Strategic Walk-ins, SSRN 3558209 (version of 2022-07-05); Management Science, 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3558209, https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.4676
  • O. Brun, J.-M. Garcia, Analytical solution of finite capacity M/D/1 queues, Journal of Applied Probability 37(4), 2000 (the source of the aja_jaj​ recursion, cited in the paper's Online Appendix C).
  • P. Naor, The regulation of queue size by levying tolls, Econometrica 37(1), 1969. https://doi.org/10.2307/1909200
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear algebraQuantum InformationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization by Decoded Quantum Interferometry 1: The Semicircle Law — the Optimal Degree-ℓ DQI State Satisfies ⟨s⟩/m → (√(μ(1−ρ)) + √(ρ(1−μ)))² When 2ℓ + 1 < d⊥Research Paper

Motivation

Decoded quantum interferometry (DQI) is a quantum algorithm, introduced by Jordan, Shutty, Wootters, Zalcman, Schmidhuber, King, Isakov, Khattar and Babbush (arXiv:2408.08292), that turns an approximate optimization problem over a finite field into a decoding problem for a linear code. It applies to max-LINSAT: given linear constraints over Fp\mathbb F_pFp​, satisfy as many of them as possible. For structured instances such as optimal polynomial intersection the authors find DQI reaching approximation ratios that no known polynomial-time classical algorithm reaches, which makes it one of the few concrete candidates for a quantum advantage in optimization.

Whether DQI is useful on an instance depends on one number: the expected fraction of constraints satisfied by the string it outputs. Theorem 4.1 of the paper computes this number, in the limit of many constraints, for the best DQI state of a given degree. Every comparison of DQI with classical algorithms in the paper (simulated annealing, Prange's algorithm, the OPI and max-XORSAT benchmarks) is a comparison against this formula, and the follow-up analysis of imperfect decoders (Theorem 10.1) is a perturbation of it.

Setting

Fix a prime ppp. A max-LINSAT instance is a matrix B∈Fpm×nB\in\mathbb F_p^{m\times n}B∈Fpm×n​ with rows b1,…,bm\mathbf b_1,\dots,\mathbf b_mb1​,…,bm​ and subsets F1,…,Fm⊆FpF_1,\dots,F_m\subseteq\mathbb F_pF1​,…,Fm​⊆Fp​; constraint iii asks that bi⋅x∈Fi\mathbf b_i\cdot\mathbf x\in F_ibi​⋅x∈Fi​ (Definition 2.1). Throughout, m>nm>nm>n and every FiF_iFi​ has the same size r∈{1,…,p−1}r\in\{1,\dots,p-1\}r∈{1,…,p−1}. Put fi(a)=+1f_i(a)=+1fi​(a)=+1 if a∈Fia\in F_ia∈Fi​ and −1-1−1 otherwise, and

f(x)=∑i=1mfi(bi⋅x),s(x)=#{i:bi⋅x∈Fi}.f(\mathbf x)=\sum_{i=1}^m f_i(\mathbf b_i\cdot\mathbf x),\qquad s(\mathbf x)=\#\{i:\mathbf b_i\cdot\mathbf x\in F_i\}.f(x)=i=1∑m​fi​(bi​⋅x),s(x)=#{i:bi​⋅x∈Fi​}.

For a real polynomial PPP of degree at most ℓ\ellℓ, the DQI state is ∣P(f)⟩=∑x∈FpnP(f(x))∣x⟩|P(f)\rangle=\sum_{\mathbf x\in\mathbb F_p^n}P(f(\mathbf x))|\mathbf x\rangle∣P(f)⟩=∑x∈Fpn​​P(f(x))∣x⟩, normalized so that ∑xP(f(x))2=1\sum_{\mathbf x}P(f(\mathbf x))^2=1∑x​P(f(x))2=1. Measuring it in the computational basis returns x\mathbf xx with probability P(f(x))2P(f(\mathbf x))^2P(f(x))2, so the expected number of satisfied constraints is

⟨s⟩=∑xP(f(x))2 s(x),\langle s\rangle=\sum_{\mathbf x}P(f(\mathbf x))^2\,s(\mathbf x),⟨s⟩=x∑​P(f(x))2s(x),

and ⟨s(m,ℓ)⟩opt\langle s^{(m,\ell)}\rangle_{\rm opt}⟨s(m,ℓ)⟩opt​ is its supremum over all such PPP.

The dual code is C⊥={d∈Fpm:BTd=0}C^\perp=\{\mathbf d\in\mathbb F_p^m:B^T\mathbf d=0\}C⊥={d∈Fpm​:BTd=0} and d⊥d^\perpd⊥ is the least Hamming weight of a nonzero codeword. The condition 2ℓ+1<d⊥2\ell+1<d^\perp2ℓ+1<d⊥ says that syndromes of errors of weight up to ℓ\ellℓ (and a little more) determine the error.

The analysis passes through rescaled constraint functions gi=(fi−fˉ)/φg_i=(f_i-\bar f)/\varphigi​=(fi​−fˉ​)/φ with Fourier transforms g~i\tilde g_ig~​i​, the elementary symmetric polynomials P(k)P^{(k)}P(k) evaluated at the gi(bi⋅x)g_i(\mathbf b_i\cdot\mathbf x)gi​(bi​⋅x), and the (ℓ+1)×(ℓ+1)(\ell+1)\times(\ell+1)(ℓ+1)×(ℓ+1) symmetric tridiagonal matrix A(m,ℓ,d)A^{(m,\ell,d)}A(m,ℓ,d) with diagonal 0,d,2d,…,ℓd0,d,2d,\dots,\ell d0,d,2d,…,ℓd and off-diagonal entries ak=k(m−k+1)a_k=\sqrt{k(m-k+1)}ak​=k(m−k+1)​, at d=(p−2r)/r(p−r)d=(p-2r)/\sqrt{r(p-r)}d=(p−2r)/r(p−r)​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (the semicircle law)

Fix ppp, rrr and μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0. For any sequence of instances with m→∞m\to\inftym→∞, ℓ/m→μ\ell/m\to\muℓ/m→μ and 2ℓ+1<d⊥2\ell+1<d^\perp2ℓ+1<d⊥, writing ρ=r/p\rho=r/pρ=r/p,

lim⁡⟨s(m,ℓ)⟩optm={(μ(1−ρ)+ρ(1−μ))2,ρ≤1−μ,1,otherwise.\lim\frac{\langle s^{(m,\ell)}\rangle_{\rm opt}}{m}=\begin{cases}\big(\sqrt{\mu(1-\rho)}+\sqrt{\rho(1-\mu)}\big)^2,&\rho\le1-\mu,\\ 1,&\text{otherwise.}\end{cases}limm⟨s(m,ℓ)⟩opt​​={(μ(1−ρ)​+ρ(1−μ)​)2,1,​ρ≤1−μ,otherwise.​

For ρ=12\rho=\tfrac12ρ=21​ the curve is 12+μ(1−μ)\tfrac12+\sqrt{\mu(1-\mu)}21​+μ(1−μ)​, a semicircle, which gives the theorem its name.

Milestones

  1. The normalization of the rescaled gig_igi​, (37)–(40).
  2. Lemma A.1: under a common quadratic identity, P(x1+⋯+xm)P(x_1+\dots+x_m)P(x1​+⋯+xm​) is a fixed linear combination of elementary symmetric polynomials.
  3. The counting identity (68), ∑∣y∣=k∣g~(y)∣2=(mk)\sum_{|\mathbf y|=k}|\tilde g(\mathbf y)|^2=\binom mk∑∣y∣=k​∣g~​(y)∣2=(km​), and the Fourier picture (65) of the DQI state.
  4. Lemma 9.1 (norm =∥w∥2=\|\mathbf w\|^2=∥w∥2 when 2ℓ<d⊥2\ell<d^\perp2ℓ<d⊥) and Lemma 9.2 (the expected count is mrp+r(p−r)pwTA(m,ℓ,d)w\frac{mr}p+\frac{\sqrt{r(p-r)}}p\mathbf w^TA^{(m,\ell,d)}\mathbf wpmr​+pr(p−r)​​wTA(m,ℓ,d)w when 2ℓ+1<d⊥2\ell+1<d^\perp2ℓ+1<d⊥).
  5. The finite-size identity (131): ⟨s(m,ℓ)⟩opt/m=ρ+ρ(1−ρ) λmax⁡(m,ℓ,d)/m\langle s^{(m,\ell)}\rangle_{\rm opt}/m=\rho+\sqrt{\rho(1-\rho)}\,\lambda_{\max}^{(m,\ell,d)}/m⟨s(m,ℓ)⟩opt​/m=ρ+ρ(1−ρ)​λmax(m,ℓ,d)​/m.
  6. Lemma 9.3, λmax⁡(m,ℓ,d)/m→μd+2μ(1−μ)\lambda_{\max}^{(m,\ell,d)}/m\to\mu d+2\sqrt{\mu(1-\mu)}λmax(m,ℓ,d)​/m→μd+2μ(1−μ)​, with its lower half (114) and the Gershgorin bound (129).
  7. The algebra (132) and (136)–(137) that produce the closed form.

Significance

The result. Theorem 4.1 makes DQI's performance a closed-form function of two numbers, r/pr/pr/p and ℓ/m\ell/mℓ/m, and moves every question about an instance into coding theory: how large a d⊥d^\perpd⊥ the instance's dual code has, and whether it can be decoded efficiently up to ℓ\ellℓ errors. The OPI advantage claim of the paper, the comparison with Prange's algorithm on max-XORSAT, and the imperfect-decoding bound of Theorem 10.1 all start from this formula. The finite-size identity (131) is also useful on its own: it gives the exact optimum for any instance, not only in the limit.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no part of it has been machine-checked. A formalization would check the Fourier bookkeeping of §8.2.1 and §9 (normalizations pn−k(mk)\sqrt{p^{n-k}\binom mk}pn−k(km​)​, character sums over Fp\mathbb F_pFp​), the claim that every degree-ℓ\ellℓ DQI state is a combination of the ∣P(k)⟩|P^{(k)}\rangle∣P(k)⟩ and conversely, and the eigenvalue asymptotics of the tridiagonal matrix. Two points of the printed text need care and are stated correctly here: Lemma 9.2 writes its decomposition in the fif_ifi​ where the normalization requires the rescaled gig_igi​, and the "otherwise =1=1=1" branch of Theorem 4.1 is argued only briefly on p. 34.

Difficulty

The algebraic steps are finite but long, and every one carries a normalization that a careless formalization gets wrong. The asymptotic step is the main obstacle. Lemma 9.3 needs a lower bound on λmax⁡\lambda_{\max}λmax​ from a test vector of growing width and a matching upper bound from Gershgorin's theorem, and the upper bound holds only under d≥−(m−2ℓ)/ℓ(m−ℓ)d\ge-(m-2\ell)/\sqrt{\ell(m-\ell)}d≥−(m−2ℓ)/ℓ(m−ℓ)​, which is exactly the regime ρ≤1−μ\rho\le1-\muρ≤1−μ. In the other regime that hypothesis fails and the Gershgorin bound overshoots, so the limit 111 needs a separate argument; the observation that ⟨s⟩opt\langle s\rangle_{\rm opt}⟨s⟩opt​ "increases in rrr", printed on p. 34, does not give it at fixed ppp and rrr. A second difficulty is that ⟨s⟩opt\langle s\rangle_{\rm opt}⟨s⟩opt​ is a supremum over polynomials, while Lemma 9.2 is a statement about weight vectors w\mathbf ww; identifying the two needs both directions of Lemma A.1's correspondence and the normalization of Lemma 9.1.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace DQI.Semicircle and one definitions file. Fp\mathbb F_pFp​ is ZMod p with [Fact p.Prime]; vectors are Fin n → ZMod p; constraints are indexed by Fin m from 000. ωpa=exp⁡(2πi a/p)\omega_p^a=\exp(2\pi i\,a/p)ωpa​=exp(2πia/p) is computed from the representative of aaa in {0,…,p−1}\{0,\dots,p-1\}{0,…,p−1}. Polynomials are real with natDegree ≤ ℓ; weight vectors are real. The optimum ⟨s⟩opt\langle s\rangle_{\rm opt}⟨s⟩opt​ is the real supremum over exactly the normalized polynomials of degree at most ℓ\ellℓ evaluated at f(x)f(\mathbf x)f(x); its set is nonempty (constant polynomials) and bounded by mmm. The dual-distance condition is "every nonzero d\mathbf dd with BTd=0B^T\mathbf d=0BTd=0 has weight >t>t>t"; d⊥d^\perpd⊥ is never an infimum, and m>nm>nm>n (the paper's standing assumption) guarantees a nonzero codeword, so the condition forces 2ℓ<m2\ell<m2ℓ<m. λmax⁡\lambda_{\max}λmax​ is the supremum of the real spectrum. The limit "m→∞m\to\inftym→∞ with ℓ/m\ell/mℓ/m fixed" is any sequence of instances with mj→∞m_j\to\inftymj​→∞ and ℓj/mj→μ\ell_j/m_j\to\muℓj​/mj​→μ, with ppp and rrr fixed along it. Convergence of the ratio includes irrational μ\muμ with integer sizes.

Added hypotheses, all disclosed in the items: Lemma 9.2 decomposes in the gig_igi​ rather than the printed fif_ifi​; (129) assumes ℓ≥1\ell\ge1ℓ≥1 to avoid dividing by 0\sqrt00​; Lemma 9.3 imposes its hypothesis on ddd only when ℓj≥1\ell_j\ge1ℓj​≥1; (114) is stated as a lim inf⁡\liminfliminf with an explicit ε\varepsilonε.

A formalization that replaces ⟨s⟩opt\langle s\rangle_{\rm opt}⟨s⟩opt​ by a supremum over all states (which gives 111), drops "nonzero" from the distance condition (which makes it unsatisfiable), or states the goal at a single mmm is not this theorem and is ruled out by the definitions above.

Needed infrastructure: Fourier analysis on Fpn\mathbb F_p^nFpn​ (character orthogonality, Parseval), elementary symmetric polynomials and their reduction modulo a quadratic, Rayleigh quotients and Gershgorin discs for real symmetric matrices, and elementary limits. The tridiagonal-matrix bounds and the quadratic-reduction lemma are reusable beyond DQI. Proofs of any milestone, alternative arguments for the "otherwise" branch, and sharper finite-mmm bounds on λmax⁡\lambda_{\max}λmax​ are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. P. Jordan, N. Shutty, M. Wootters, A. Zalcman, A. Schmidhuber, R. King, S. V. Isakov, T. Khattar, R. Babbush, Optimization by Decoded Quantum Interferometry, arXiv:2408.08292v5, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2408.08292
  • S. Gershgorin, Über die Abgrenzung der Eigenwerte einer Matrix, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Ser. Fiz.-Mat. 6, 749–754, 1931.
  • R. G. Gallager, Low-Density Parity-Check Codes, IRE Trans. Inform. Theory 8(1), 21–28, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.1962.1057683
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Lightning Network Economics: Channels II: A Payment Channel Beats On-Chain Settlement Only If the On-Chain Fee Exceeds an Explicit ThresholdResearch Paper

Motivation

Every Bitcoin transaction recorded on the blockchain pays a fee, and the blockchain processes only a few transactions per second. The Lightning Network is a layer-two protocol that moves repeated payments off chain: two parties lock funds in a payment channel, exchange payments by updating the channel's balance, and touch the blockchain only to open, close or reset the channel. Whether a channel is worth opening is an economic question. Locked funds forgo interest, and a channel whose balance is exhausted must be reset on chain at a cost.

Guasoni, Huberman and Shikhelman (Management Science, 2023) model this trade-off with Poisson payment streams and continuous discounting, and obtain closed-form channel costs (their Theorem 1). Their Theorem 2 turns those costs into necessary conditions: a channel can be cheaper than settling every payment on chain only if the on-chain fee exceeds an explicit threshold depending on the reset cost, the payment rate and the interest rate. This mission formalizes Theorem 2, its two proofs, and the on-chain benchmark (Lemma 1) against which every channel is measured.

Setting

Node 1 pays node 2 one unit at the jumps of a Poisson process with rate λ1\lambda_1λ1​, and node 2 pays node 1 at the jumps of an independent Poisson process with rate λ2\lambda_2λ2​. The discount rate r>0r>0r>0 is the opportunity cost of capital per unit of time, BBB is the cost of resetting a channel, and CCC is the cost of one on-chain transaction. Node iii commits the amount lil_ili​ to the channel.

On-chain settlement. If every payment of a stream with rate λ\lambdaλ is settled on chain, the expected discounted cost is E[∑n≥1e−rτnC]=Cλ/r\mathbb E\big[\sum_{n\ge1}e^{-r\tau_n}C\big]=C\lambda/rE[∑n≥1​e−rτn​C]=Cλ/r, where τn\tau_nτn​ is the nnn-th arrival time (Lemma 1). Two streams of rate λ\lambdaλ cost 2Cλ/r2C\lambda/r2Cλ/r.

Unidirectional channel. If only one node pays, at rate λ\lambdaλ, a channel of size mmm costs (Theorem 1(i), equation (1))

uniCost(m)=m+B((r+λλ)m−1)−1.\mathrm{uniCost}(m)=m+B\Big(\big(\tfrac{r+\lambda}{\lambda}\big)^{m}-1\Big)^{-1}.uniCost(m)=m+B((λr+λ​)m−1)−1.

Bidirectional channel. With

α±=λ1+λ2+r±(λ2−λ1)2+r2+2r(λ2+λ1)2λ2\alpha_\pm=\frac{\lambda_1+\lambda_2+r\pm\sqrt{(\lambda_2-\lambda_1)^2+r^2+2r(\lambda_2+\lambda_1)}}{2\lambda_2}α±​=2λ2​λ1​+λ2​+r±(λ2​−λ1​)2+r2+2r(λ2​+λ1​)​​

(equation (4)), a channel with sizes l1,l2l_1,l_2l1​,l2​ costs biCost(l1,l2)\mathrm{biCost}(l_1,l_2)biCost(l1​,l2​), the expression (3) in α±l1\alpha_\pm^{l_1}α±l1​​, α±l2\alpha_\pm^{l_2}α±l2​​ and α±l1+l2\alpha_\pm^{l_1+l_2}α±l1​+l2​​. In the symmetric case λ1=λ2=λ\lambda_1=\lambda_2=\lambdaλ1​=λ2​=λ it simplifies, with α=α+\alpha=\alpha_+α=α+​, to

l1+l2+B(αl1+αl2)(αl1−1)(αl2−1).l_1+l_2+\frac{B(\alpha^{l_1}+\alpha^{l_2})}{(\alpha^{l_1}-1)(\alpha^{l_2}-1)}.l1​+l2​+(αl1​−1)(αl2​−1)B(αl1​+αl2​)​.

A channel costs less than on-chain transactions if, for some size, its cost is strictly below the on-chain cost of the streams it carries.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

For B,r,λ>0B,r,\lambda>0B,r,λ>0 and any fee CCC:

  1. if uniCost(m)<λC/r\mathrm{uniCost}(m)<\lambda C/runiCost(m)<λC/r for some m>0m>0m>0, then
C>log⁡(1+Blog⁡(1+rλ));(5)C>\log\Big(1+B\log\big(1+\tfrac r\lambda\big)\Big);\tag{5}C>log(1+Blog(1+λr​));(5)
  1. if biCost(l1,l2)<2Cλ/r\mathrm{biCost}(l_1,l_2)<2C\lambda/rbiCost(l1​,l2​)<2Cλ/r for some l1,l2>0l_1,l_2>0l1​,l2​>0 with λ1=λ2=λ\lambda_1=\lambda_2=\lambdaλ1​=λ2​=λ, then
C>3(Bκ44)1/3−B12κ2,κ=log⁡r+2λ+r(4λ+r)2λ.(6)C>3\Big(\frac{B\kappa^4}{4}\Big)^{1/3}-\frac B{12}\kappa^2,\qquad \kappa=\log\frac{r+2\lambda+\sqrt{r(4\lambda+r)}}{2\lambda}.\tag{6}C>3(4Bκ4​)1/3−12B​κ2,κ=log2λr+2λ+r(4λ+r)​​.(6)

Milestones

  • Lemma 1: the on-chain cost Cλ/rC\lambda/rCλ/r.
  • Part (i) chain: the change of variable κ=log⁡(1+r/λ)\kappa=\log(1+r/\lambda)κ=log(1+r/λ) that turns the excess cost into F(m)=C/(1−eκ)+B/(eκm−1)+mF(m)=C/(1-e^\kappa)+B/(e^{\kappa m}-1)+mF(m)=C/(1−eκ)+B/(eκm−1)+m; the unique minimizer m^=cosh⁡−1(Bκ/2+1)/κ\hat m=\cosh^{-1}(B\kappa/2+1)/\kappam^=cosh−1(Bκ/2+1)/κ and the minimum value; inequality (16); the sufficient condition (17)–(20) for on-chain settlement to be strictly cheaper; Theorem 2(i).
  • Part (ii) chain: the symmetric cost and λ/r=α/(α−1)2\lambda/r=\alpha/(\alpha-1)^2λ/r=α/(α−1)2; the reduction (21) to equal sizes; the hyperbolic form and the bounds 1/x2−1/3<csch⁡2x<1/x21/x^2-1/3<\operatorname{csch}^2x<1/x^21/x2−1/3<csch2x<1/x2 of (22); the minimization (24) of the lower bound (23); Theorem 2(ii).
  • Expansions: the right-hand sides of (5) and (6) equal Br/λ+o(r)Br/\lambda+o(r)Br/λ+o(r) and 3(Br2/(4λ2))1/3−Br/(12λ)+o(r)3(Br^2/(4\lambda^2))^{1/3}-Br/(12\lambda)+o(r)3(Br2/(4λ2))1/3−Br/(12λ)+o(r) as r→0+r\to0^+r→0+.

Significance

Theorem 2 gives the qualitative conclusion of the paper in quantitative form: channels pay off only when on-chain fees are high, reset costs low, payment rates high, or interest rates low. Read as a contrapositive, it says that below the thresholds, settling on chain is at least as cheap for every channel size, so no optimization over sizes is needed to rule a channel out. The expansions show the two thresholds scale differently in the interest rate, linearly for a unidirectional channel and as r2/3r^{2/3}r2/3 for a symmetric bidirectional one. The paper's subsequent asymptotic results (Theorem 3) rely on the same reductions.

The theorem is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. To our knowledge none of it is formalized. A formalization adds a machine-checked verification of a proof that contains several informal steps: a minimizer of a two-variable function is assumed to exist, two inequalities are stated non-strictly where strict ones are needed, and one sentence states an "if and only if" with ≤\le≤ where <<< is meant. Lemma 1 also requires the discounted sum over a Poisson process to be integrable, which the paper's renewal argument takes for granted.

Difficulty

The bidirectional cost (3) is a ratio of differences of real powers of two algebraic numbers, and its minimum over two sizes has no closed form, so the threshold cannot be read off an explicit optimum. The paper replaces the optimum by reductions whose rigorous versions are the substance of the work: the passage from (3) to the symmetric form, the reduction of a two-variable minimization to the diagonal (asserted in the paper through a Hessian computation and the existence of a minimizer, neither of which is carried out), and a lower bound on csch⁡2\operatorname{csch}^2csch2 that holds on all of (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) and is not in Mathlib. The obvious approach of bounding the cost at its minimizer fails for the same reason it fails on paper: no minimizer is given. For part (i), the minimizer involves cosh⁡−1\cosh^{-1}cosh−1, and the minimal value still depends on CCC through two terms, so a condition on CCC alone does not follow by rearrangement. Lemma 1 requires an exchange of expectation and infinite sum over a Poisson process, which the paper's renewal argument assumes.

Formalization scope

  • Costs as closed forms for real sizes. uniCost and biCost are the paper's expressions (1) and (3) with real sizes and real powers (Real.rpow). Theorem 2's proofs minimize over real sizes, and the hypotheses quantify over real sizes, so the statements imply their versions for natural sizes. The probabilistic derivation of (1) and (3) from the balance random walk is the subject of the sibling mission Channels I.
  • Explicit on-chain costs. The comparisons are with λC/r\lambda C/rλC/r and 2Cλ/r2C\lambda/r2Cλ/r, written out; there is no opaque on-chain cost function.
  • Strict and existential. "Costs less" is strict and asserted for some size; the conclusions on CCC are strict. No sign is imposed on CCC; B,r,λ>0B,r,\lambda>0B,r,λ>0.
  • Lemma 1 uses the published definition QueueingFundamentals.Foundations.IsExpInterarrivals of i.i.d. exponential interarrival times; the conclusion asserts integrability as well as the value Cλ/rC\lambda/rCλ/r.
  • Corrections recorded in the statements. (17)–(20) is stated with the strict conclusion F>0F>0F>0 that (17) gives, for all m>0m>0m>0; (21) is stated in midpoint form, H(m,m)≤H(l1,l2)H(m,m)\le H(l_1,l_2)H(m,m)≤H(l1​,l2​) for m=(l1+l2)/2m=(l_1+l_2)/2m=(l1​+l2​)/2, which requires no minimizer.
  • Two different κ\kappaκ. In part (i) κ=log⁡(1+r/λ)\kappa=\log(1+r/\lambda)κ=log(1+r/λ); in part (ii) κ=log⁡α+\kappa=\log\alpha_+κ=logα+​. They are never identified.
  • Asymptotics are little-o along r→0+r\to0^+r→0+ (𝓝[>] 0) with BBB and λ\lambdaλ fixed.

Ruled out as trivializing: fixing BBB, rrr or λ\lambdaλ; restricting to natural sizes without saying so; an existentially chosen κ\kappaκ; weakening either strict inequality; or an on-chain cost under which the comparison is vacuous.

Needed infrastructure: real-power calculus and convexity on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), cosh⁡−1\cosh^{-1}cosh−1 and sinh⁡\sinhsinh bounds, little-o expansions of log⁡\loglog and cosh⁡−1\cosh^{-1}cosh−1 near their base points, and the Laplace transform of Gamma laws for Lemma 1. The csch inequality (22) and Lemma 1 are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • P. Guasoni, G. Huberman, C. Shikhelman, Lightning Network Economics: Channels, Management Science, Articles in Advance, published online Nov. 6, 2023, pp. 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.01664
  • J. Poon, T. Dryja, The Bitcoin Lightning Network: Scalable Off-Chain Instant Payments, technical report, 2016. https://lightning.network/lightning-network-paper.pdf
  • G. Huberman, J. D. Leshno, C. Moallemi, Monopoly without a Monopolist: An Economic Analysis of the Bitcoin Payment System, Review of Economic Studies 88(6), 2021. https://doi.org/10.1093/restud/rdab014
18 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Proof-of-Work Cryptocurrencies: Does Mining Technology Undermine Decentralization? 4: The Threshold Equilibrium Investment in New Mining Hardware, with Entry Decreasing in the Fixed CostResearch Paper

Motivation

Proof-of-work blockchains such as Bitcoin pay a block reward to the miner that first solves a computational puzzle. The chance of winning is proportional to a miner's share of the total computing power (hash rate), so mining is a contest in which every miner pays for hash rate and the reward is split in proportion to it. Over time mining moved from general-purpose hardware to specialized chips, and this raised the question of whether access to better hardware concentrates mining in a few hands, which would weaken the decentralization the protocol relies on for security. Arnosti and Weinberg (arXiv:1811.08572) showed that cost asymmetries alone already concentrate mining in a proportional-share contest.

Capponi, Ólafsson and Alsabah (arXiv:2106.09783v1, 2021; published in Management Science, 2023) model this as a two-stage game. Miners first decide how much to invest in the newest hardware, which lowers their cost per unit of hash rate. They then compete in the mining stage. Their Proposition 5.1 describes the equilibrium of the investment stage: which miners invest, how much, and how the number of active miners depends on the fixed cost of entering. This mission formalizes that result, corrected where the printed statement is false.

Setting

There are N≥2N\ge2N≥2 miners. Miner iii starts with a cost-per-hash c~i\tilde c_ic~i​, sorted so that c~1≤⋯≤c~N\tilde c_1\le\dots\le\tilde c_Nc~1​≤⋯≤c~N​. The newest hardware has cost-per-hash c~0\tilde c_0c~0​, with 0<c~0<c~i0<\tilde c_0<\tilde c_i0<c~0​<c~i​ for every iii. In the first stage miner iii replaces a fraction βi∈[0,1]\beta_i\in[0,1]βi​∈[0,1] of its hardware, which leaves it with cost-per-hash

ci(βi)=c~i−βi(c~i−c~0)+η(c~i−c~0)2βi2,c_i(\beta_i)=\tilde c_i-\beta_i(\tilde c_i-\tilde c_0)+\frac{\eta(\tilde c_i-\tilde c_0)}{2}\beta_i^2,ci​(βi​)=c~i​−βi​(c~i​−c~0​)+2η(c~i​−c~0​)​βi2​,

where η≥0\eta\ge0η≥0 measures adjustment costs ((3.1)–(3.2)). Write βˉ=min⁡{1/η,1}\bar\beta=\min\{1/\eta,1\}βˉ​=min{1/η,1}, read as 111 when η=0\eta=0η=0.

In the second stage, the mining stage, miner iii chooses a hash rate hi≥0h_i\ge0hi​≥0. With H=∑jhjH=\sum_jh_jH=∑j​hj​, its payoff is

πi=hiHR−cihi−γ2hi2−K 1{i∉A(0), βi>0}(H>0),πi=0(H=0),\pi_i=\frac{h_i}{H}R-c_ih_i-\frac{\gamma}{2}h_i^2-K\,\mathbf 1\{i\notin A(0),\ \beta_i>0\}\quad(H>0),\qquad \pi_i=0\quad(H=0),πi​=Hhi​​R−ci​hi​−2γ​hi2​−K1{i∈/A(0), βi​>0}(H>0),πi​=0(H=0),

with reward R>0R>0R>0, capacity parameter γ≥0\gamma\ge0γ≥0 and fixed entry cost K>0K>0K>0 ((3.4)). An equilibrium hash rate profile h∗(β)h^*(\beta)h∗(β) is a profile from which no miner gains by changing its own hash rate (Definition 3.2(i)). Proposition 4.1 of the paper shows that it exists and is unique, and posing that result is the subject of mission 1 of this series. The active set is A(β)={i:hi∗(β)>0}A(\beta)=\{i:h^*_i(\beta)>0\}A(β)={i:hi∗​(β)>0}, and A(0)A(0)A(0) is the set of miners active without investment. The entry cost KKK is paid by a miner outside A(0)A(0)A(0) that invests.

An equilibrium investment β∗∈[0,1]N\beta^*\in[0,1]^Nβ∗∈[0,1]N is a profile from which no miner can raise its payoff by changing βi\beta_iβi​, the mining stage being replayed at the new profile (Definition 3.2(ii)). The threshold profile β(n)\beta^{(n)}β(n) invests βˉ\bar\betaβˉ​ in miners 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n and 000 in the others; this is the form (5.1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 5.1, corrected

Assume KKK is generic: no potential entrant's gross mining profit at β(i)\beta^{(i)}β(i) equals KKK. Then:

  1. there is exactly one n∈{2,…,N}n\in\{2,\dots,N\}n∈{2,…,N} for which β(n)\beta^{(n)}β(n) is an equilibrium investment, and at it exactly nnn miners are active and A(0)⊆A(β(n))A(0)\subseteq A(\beta^{(n)})A(0)⊆A(β(n));
  2. every equilibrium investment β∗\beta^*β∗ satisfies A(0)⊆A(β∗)A(0)\subseteq A(\beta^*)A(0)⊆A(β∗) and βi∗=βˉ\beta^*_i=\bar\betaβi∗​=βˉ​ for every i∈A(0)i\in A(0)i∈A(0);
  3. nnn is nonincreasing in KKK:
K≤K′ ⟹ n(K′)≤n(K).K\le K'\ \Longrightarrow\ n(K')\le n(K).K≤K′ ⟹ n(K′)≤n(K).

Milestones

  • Proposition B.1: at a fixed set of nnn active miners, ∂πi∗/∂ci<0\partial\pi^*_i/\partial c_i<0∂πi∗​/∂ci​<0 and ∂πi∗/∂cj>0\partial\pi^*_i/\partial c_j>0∂πi∗​/∂cj​>0.
  • (5.2): the cost reduction ci(0)−ci(βˉ)c_i(0)-c_i(\bar\beta)ci​(0)−ci​(βˉ​) equals (c~i−c~0)/(2η)(\tilde c_i-\tilde c_0)/(2\eta)(c~i​−c~0​)/(2η) for η>1\eta>1η>1 and (1−η/2)(c~i−c~0)(1-\eta/2)(\tilde c_i-\tilde c_0)(1−η/2)(c~i​−c~0​) for η≤1\eta\le1η≤1, and βˉ\bar\betaβˉ​ uniquely minimizes cic_ici​ on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • Best responses (p. 44): at every equilibrium investment, active miners invest βˉ\bar\betaβˉ​ and inactive ones invest 000.
  • Order preservation (p. 45): for η>0\eta>0η>0, investing βˉ\bar\betaβˉ​ preserves the strict order of costs.
  • Participation at ∣A(0)∣|A(0)|∣A(0)∣ (p. 45): after miners 1,…,∣A(0)∣1,\dots,|A(0)|1,…,∣A(0)∣ invest, the participation inequality of Proposition 4.4 holds for miner ∣A(0)∣|A(0)|∣A(0)∣.

Significance

The result says three things about the effect of hardware upgrades on decentralization. Incumbents never drop out: every miner active before investment invests the cost-minimizing amount and stays active. Entry is ordered: in the threshold equilibrium the miners that enter are the most efficient ones. A higher fixed cost of entry admits weakly fewer miners. The paper's later propositions (5.2–5.5), which describe how hash rates and shares move after investment, start from this equilibrium.

Formalizing it adds two things. First, a machine-checked statement of what is actually true. The printed uniqueness is false, and the corrected statement separates what holds for every equilibrium from what holds within the threshold family. Second, a formal two-stage game in which the second stage is replayed at every deviation of the first, through an explicit equilibrium selection. None of the results of the paper has been formalized before; the platform has no contest or rent-seeking game.

Difficulty

The printed proof argues that an active miner's profit decreases in its own cost "irrespective of the cost parameters of other miners", citing Proposition B.1. Proposition B.1 is a derivative at a fixed set of active miners. Investment can change that set, so the proof needs a global monotonicity of the equilibrium profit across changes of the active set, in the own cost and in the presence of rivals. That step is not in the paper.

The obvious uniqueness argument also fails. Take two potential entrants with nearly equal initial costs and room in the market for only one of them. Either one can enter while the other stays out, and both profiles are equilibria. The numbers are c~=(1.074,1.419,2.914,2.923)\tilde c=(1.074,1.419,2.914,2.923)c~=(1.074,1.419,2.914,2.923), c~0=0.31\tilde c_0=0.31c~0​=0.31, η=0.5\eta=0.5η=0.5, γ=0.5\gamma=0.5γ=0.5, R=1R=1R=1 and any K∈(0.0168,0.0308)K\in(0.0168,0.0308)K∈(0.0168,0.0308): both (1,1,1,0)(1,1,1,0)(1,1,1,0) and (1,1,0,1)(1,1,0,1)(1,1,0,1) are equilibrium investments. So no proof can rest on "a miner never invests while a cheaper one does not", which the paper asserts on p. 45.

Formalization scope

Miners are Fin N and 0-based: Lean miner i is the paper's miner i+1i+1i+1. Hash rates, costs and parameters are real numbers. The mining stage is defined for an arbitrary cost vector, not assumed sorted, because investment can reorder costs. The equilibrium property "=sup⁡=\sup=sup" is written as "no deviation is profitable", over hi≥0h_i\ge0hi​≥0 and over βi∈[0,1]\beta_i\in[0,1]βi​∈[0,1]. The mining equilibrium enters as a selection h∗h^*h∗ with the hypothesis that h∗(β)h^*(\beta)h∗(β) is an equilibrium hash rate profile for every β∈[0,1]N\beta\in[0,1]^Nβ∈[0,1]N. Proposition 4.1 makes it unique; it is not defined by a closed form. The fixed cost enters only the investment stage, inside the H>0H>0H>0 branch of (3.4). Derivatives are HasDerivAt statements along one coordinate. "Decreasing" is weak, as in the paper's footnote 12.

The goal is the corrected Proposition 5.1. The printed uniqueness among all investment profiles is not posed, and neither is the p. 45 claim that a miner cannot invest while a cheaper miner does not. Both are false by the instance above. Three hypotheses are added to the paper's: c~0>0\tilde c_0>0c~0​>0; c~0<c~i\tilde c_0<\tilde c_ic~0​<c~i​ for every iii (the paper allows equality, under which cic_ici​ is constant and every βi\beta_iβi​ is a best response); and the genericity of KKK, which excludes finitely many values. Without the selection hypothesis the goal would be about an arbitrary function. Without the existence in part 1 the "every equilibrium" clause could be vacuous. Both are in the statement, so neither trivialization is available.

A complete development needs the mining-stage results of mission 1 of this series: existence and uniqueness of the mining equilibrium (Proposition 4.1) and the participation condition (Proposition 4.4). Since one draft cannot import another, this mission redefines the mining stage in its own namespace PoWMining.Investment. The new work is a global comparative-statics argument for the mining equilibrium across changes of the active set. It is reusable for any proportional-share contest with convex costs. Contributions are welcome on the milestones in any order, on that global monotonicity, and on the existence half of part 1.

Selected references

  • A. Capponi, S. Ólafsson, H. Alsabah, Proof-of-Work Cryptocurrencies: Does Mining Technology Undermine Decentralization?, arXiv preprint arXiv:2106.09783v1, 2021 (Proposition 5.1 p. 21, proofs pp. 43–46). https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.09783v1
  • N. Arnosti, S. M. Weinberg, Bitcoin: A Natural Oligopoly, Innovations in Theoretical Computer Science (ITCS), 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1811.08572
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Proof-of-Work Cryptocurrencies: Does Mining Technology Undermine Decentralization? 3: Sensitivities of Equilibrium Hash Rates to Mining Capacity and Reward, and Shares Shift to Smaller MinersResearch Paper

Motivation

Bitcoin and other proof-of-work cryptocurrencies rely on miners, who spend computing power ("hash rate") to win the right to append a block and collect a reward. The security argument for such systems assumes that no single miner, or small coalition, controls a large share of the total hash rate. Whether the economics of mining push the system towards or away from that decentralized state is therefore a basic question for anyone designing or regulating these protocols.

A. Capponi, S. Ólafsson and H. Alsabah, in Proof-of-Work Cryptocurrencies: Does Mining Technology Undermine Decentralization? (arXiv:2106.09783v1, 2021), model mining as a contest in which miners differ in their cost per hash and face a common capacity constraint. Their §4.3 asks how equilibrium hash rates respond to the model's parameters. This mission formalizes the answer for two of them: the capacity parameter γ\gammaγ, which measures how quickly a miner's operating cost grows with its scale, and the mining reward RRR. The finding is that increasing either parameter shifts hash rate share from large miners to small ones. This is the third mission of a four-part series on the paper; the first poses the existence and structure of the mining equilibrium, the second its sensitivity to mining costs.

Setting

There are n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 active miners, indexed i=1,…,ni = 1, \dots, ni=1,…,n, with costs per hash 0<c1≤c2≤⋯≤cn0 < c_1 \le c_2 \le \dots \le c_n0<c1​≤c2​≤⋯≤cn​ (sorted, without loss of generality), a reward R>0R > 0R>0 and a capacity parameter γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0. Miner iii choosing hash rate hih_ihi​ earns (hi/H)R−cihi−(γ/2)hi2(h_i/H)R - c_ih_i - (\gamma/2)h_i^2(hi​/H)R−ci​hi​−(γ/2)hi2​, where H=∑jhjH = \sum_j h_jH=∑j​hj​ is the aggregate hash rate (the paper's (3.4)). The cumulative cost is c(n)=c1+⋯+cnc^{(n)} = c_1 + \dots + c_nc(n)=c1​+⋯+cn​.

In the paper's Proposition 4.1, the equilibrium aggregate hash rate is the positive root of γH2+c(n)H−(n−1)R=0\gamma H^2 + c^{(n)}H - (n-1)R = 0γH2+c(n)H−(n−1)R=0, and the equilibrium hash rates are given in closed form. The paper's appendix (B.3) writes them as functions of the active miners' data:

g=g(c1,…,cn,γ,R)=(c(n))2+4(n−1)Rγ−c(n)2γ,fi=fi(c1,…,cn,γ,R)=g R−cigR+γg2,g = g(c_1,\dots,c_n,\gamma,R) = \frac{\sqrt{(c^{(n)})^2 + 4(n-1)R\gamma} - c^{(n)}}{2\gamma},\qquad f_i = f_i(c_1,\dots,c_n,\gamma,R) = g\,\frac{R - c_i g}{R + \gamma g^2},g=g(c1​,…,cn​,γ,R)=2γ(c(n))2+4(n−1)Rγ​−c(n)​,fi​=fi​(c1​,…,cn​,γ,R)=gR+γg2R−ci​g​,

with H∗=gH^* = gH∗=g and hi∗=fih^*_i = f_ihi∗​=fi​. Miner iii is active exactly when R−cig>0R - c_i g > 0R−ci​g>0. The hash rate share of miner iii is hi∗/H∗h^*_i/H^*hi∗​/H∗.

The paper's sensitivities are derivatives of these maps at a state where small parameter changes leave the set of active miners unchanged (pp. 15–16). For x∈{γ,R}x \in \{\gamma, R\}x∈{γ,R}, (B.4) splits the derivative of hi∗h^*_ihi∗​ into a direct part, Δi,1(x)=∂fi/∂x\Delta^{(x)}_{i,1} = \partial f_i/\partial xΔi,1(x)​=∂fi​/∂x with ggg held fixed, and an indirect part through the aggregate, Δi,2(x)=(∂fi/∂g)(∂g/∂x)\Delta^{(x)}_{i,2} = (\partial f_i/\partial g)(\partial g/\partial x)Δi,2(x)​=(∂fi​/∂g)(∂g/∂x).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.8 (p. 20)

For every active miner iii,

∂hi∗∂γ=Δi,1(γ)+Δi,2(γ),Δi,1(γ)<0,Δi,2(γ)>0  ⟺  hi∗H∗<12,\frac{\partial h^*_i}{\partial\gamma} = \Delta^{(\gamma)}_{i,1}+\Delta^{(\gamma)}_{i,2},\quad \Delta^{(\gamma)}_{i,1}<0,\quad \Delta^{(\gamma)}_{i,2}>0 \iff \frac{h^*_i}{H^*}<\frac12,∂γ∂hi∗​​=Δi,1(γ)​+Δi,2(γ)​,Δi,1(γ)​<0,Δi,2(γ)​>0⟺H∗hi∗​​<21​, ∂hi∗∂R=Δi,1(R)+Δi,2(R)>0,Δi,1(R)>0,Δi,2(R)<0  ⟺  hi∗H∗<12,\frac{\partial h^*_i}{\partial R} = \Delta^{(R)}_{i,1}+\Delta^{(R)}_{i,2} > 0,\quad \Delta^{(R)}_{i,1}>0,\quad \Delta^{(R)}_{i,2}<0 \iff \frac{h^*_i}{H^*}<\frac12,∂R∂hi∗​​=Δi,1(R)​+Δi,2(R)​>0,Δi,1(R)​>0,Δi,2(R)​<0⟺H∗hi∗​​<21​,

and the derivatives of hi∗/H∗h^*_i/H^*hi∗​/H∗ with respect to γ\gammaγ and to RRR are increasing in iii, for 1≤i≤n1 \le i \le n1≤i≤n.

Milestones (the steps of the appendix proof)

  1. (B.2), p. 39: ∂H∗/∂γ=−(H∗)2/(c(n)+2γH∗)<0\partial H^*/\partial\gamma = -(H^*)^2/(c^{(n)}+2\gamma H^*) < 0∂H∗/∂γ=−(H∗)2/(c(n)+2γH∗)<0 and ∂H∗/∂R=(n−1)/(c(n)+2γH∗)>0\partial H^*/\partial R = (n-1)/(c^{(n)}+2\gamma H^*) > 0∂H∗/∂R=(n−1)/(c(n)+2γH∗)>0.
  2. p. 40: ∂fi/∂γ=−g3(R−cig)/(R+γg2)2<0\partial f_i/\partial\gamma = -g^3(R-c_ig)/(R+\gamma g^2)^2 < 0∂fi​/∂γ=−g3(R−ci​g)/(R+γg2)2<0 and ∂fi/∂R=g2(ci+γg)/(R+γg2)2>0\partial f_i/\partial R = g^2(c_i+\gamma g)/(R+\gamma g^2)^2 > 0∂fi​/∂R=g2(ci​+γg)/(R+γg2)2>0.
  3. (B.4), pp. 40–41: closed forms of ∂hi∗/∂γ\partial h^*_i/\partial\gamma∂hi∗​/∂γ and ∂hi∗/∂R\partial h^*_i/\partial R∂hi∗​/∂R.
  4. (B.6), pp. 42–43: closed forms of the share derivatives, and the p. 43 rewrites in which iii enters only through fif_ifi​ and ci+γfic_i + \gamma f_ici​+γfi​.

Significance

The result. Proposition 4.8 says that a tighter capacity constraint and a larger reward both favour small miners. The direct effect of a larger γ\gammaγ lowers every miner's hash rate. The indirect effect raises the hash rate of every miner with less than half of the total, because the aggregate falls and the marginal gain of hashing rises. For the reward, every miner's hash rate rises, but the share derivatives are increasing in the miner's index, i.e. in its cost: costlier, smaller miners gain share. Table 1 of the paper (p. 16) lists the signs; this proposition supplies the γ\gammaγ and RRR columns. The paper uses it to argue that rising block rewards or tighter hardware constraints work against concentration (§4.3.3), in contrast to cost reductions from new hardware (§5).

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper by explicit differentiation (Appendix B). No machine-checked version exists. The mission produces checked closed forms of every derivative in (B.2), (B.4) and (B.6) for the γ\gammaγ and RRR directions, the sign analysis, and the monotonicity in iii. The proof text on p. 43 says "decreasing in iii" where the proposition says "increasing"; a formal proof settles which is right (the displayed expressions give increasing, which is what is posed).

Difficulty

Each derivative is an exercise; the difficulty lies in keeping the algebra correct over several layers. The aggregate ggg is the root of a quadratic, so its derivatives involve the square root, and every simplification of (B.4) and (B.6) uses the root identity γg2+c(n)g=(n−1)R\gamma g^2 + c^{(n)}g = (n-1)Rγg2+c(n)g=(n−1)R, i.e. (c(n))2+4(n−1)Rγ=c(n)+2γg\sqrt{(c^{(n)})^2+4(n-1)R\gamma} = c^{(n)} + 2\gamma g(c(n))2+4(n−1)Rγ​=c(n)+2γg, and the first-order identity ci+γfi=(R/g)(1−fi/g)c_i + \gamma f_i = (R/g)(1 - f_i/g)ci​+γfi​=(R/g)(1−fi​/g). The sign of the indirect parts is not visible from the raw derivative: it requires rewriting ∂fi/∂g\partial f_i/\partial g∂fi​/∂g so that the threshold fi/g=1/2f_i/g = 1/2fi​/g=1/2 appears. The positivity of ∂hi∗/∂R\partial h^*_i/\partial R∂hi∗​/∂R needs a separate bound, since its indirect part can be negative. The monotonicity in iii is the most delicate part: it is not true term by term in (B.6) as first displayed, and only becomes visible after the p. 43 rewrite, which separates the dependence on fif_ifi​ (decreasing in iii) from that on ci+γfic_i + \gamma f_ici​+γfi​ (increasing in iii), with coefficients whose signs again come from the root identity. Without the sorting of the costs, the monotonicity claim is false.

Formalization scope

Everything lives in the namespace PoWMining.CapacityStatics. Miners are Fin n, 0-based: Lean miner i is the paper's miner i+1i+1i+1, so "increasing in iii" is Monotone on Fin n, and "increasing" is weak, as in the paper's footnote 12. The definition ClosedForms provides cumCost (c(n)c^{(n)}c(n)), gH ((4.1)/(B.3), with both branches of (4.1)), fH (fif_ifi​ with the aggregate as a free argument), hstar, share, and the standing assumptions Standing: n≥2n\ge2n≥2, R>0R>0R>0, γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, ck>0c_k>0ck​>0, costs sorted, and R−ckg>0R - c_kg > 0R−ck​g>0 for every kkk (all nnn miners active). The condition γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0 is the paper's: (B.3) defines ggg only for γ>0\gamma>0γ>0. The definition Sensitivities defines the four Δ\DeltaΔ's as derivatives (Lean deriv) of the (B.3) maps, never by their closed forms; derivative claims in theorems are stated with HasDerivAt, so a junk value of deriv at a non-differentiable point cannot make a statement true.

The mission takes the active miners' costs as its data, which is the paper's own meaning of a sensitivity at a fixed active set. That fif_ifi​ and ggg are the equilibrium of the mining game is Proposition 4.1, posed in mission 1 of this series; the cost derivatives, (B.5) and ∂fi/∂g\partial f_i/\partial g∂fi​/∂g are posed in mission 2. This mission uses those identities but does not pose them.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the Δ\DeltaΔ's are derivatives, not formulas whose signs can be read off; the standing assumptions are satisfiable (two miners with c=(1,1)c = (1,1)c=(1,1), γ=1\gamma = 1γ=1, R=3R = 3R=3 give g=1g = 1g=1, hi∗=1/2h^*_i = 1/2hi∗​=1/2); and the monotonicity is stated for derivatives asserted to exist.

Needed infrastructure: one-variable calculus in Mathlib (HasDerivAt for square roots, quotients and compositions) and finite sums. A reusable lemma library for ggg (the root identity, positivity, c(n)+2γg>0c^{(n)}+2\gamma g > 0c(n)+2γg>0) serves all three of missions 1–3 and is welcome, as are proofs of the milestones in any order.

Selected references

  • A. Capponi, S. Ólafsson, H. Alsabah, Proof-of-Work Cryptocurrencies: Does Mining Technology Undermine Decentralization?, arXiv preprint, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.09783v1
  • G. Tullock, The Welfare Costs of Tariffs, Monopolies, and Theft, Western Economic Journal 5(3), 224–232, 1967 (the rent-seeking model the paper builds on). https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1465-7295.1967.tb01923.x
  • S. Nakamoto, Bitcoin: A Peer-to-Peer Electronic Cash System, 2008. https://bitcoin.org/bitcoin.pdf
8 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Sample-Driven Optimal Stopping: From the Secretary Problem to the i.i.d. Prophet Inequality III: The Explicit Lower Bound on the Competitive Ratio Is at Least α* Times pResearch Paper

Motivation

Optimal stopping with partial information sits between two classical problems. In the secretary problem a decision maker sees values in random order, knows nothing about how they are generated, and must stop on the best one; the optimal guarantee is 1/e1/e1/e. In the i.i.d. prophet inequality the values are independent draws from a known distribution, and the best guarantee, relative to the expected maximum, is the constant α∗≈0.745\alpha^*\approx 0.745α∗≈0.745: Hill and Kertz (1982) and Kertz (1986) showed that no stopping rule does better on every distribution, and Correa, Foncea, Hoeksma, Oosterwijk and Vredeveld (2017, doi:10.1145/3033274.3085137) gave a rule that achieves it. Practical settings, such as pricing from historical data, lie in between: the distribution is unknown, but samples of it are available.

Correa, Cristi, Epstein and Soto (arXiv:2011.06516v2) interpolate between the two problems with the ppp-sample-driven optimal stopping problem: each of NNN adversarial values is independently revealed in advance (a sample) with probability ppp, and the remaining values arrive online in random order. At p=0p=0p=0 this is the secretary problem; as p→1p\to1p→1 it approaches the i.i.d. prophet inequality. They show that the optimal competitive ratio α(p)\alpha(p)α(p) of the limit problem is the value of an infinite-dimensional linear program, and they construct an explicit threshold rule whose guarantee α~(p)\tilde\alpha(p)α~(p) is the root of a scalar equation.

Prior work on learning a distribution from samples obtained guarantees α∗−O(ε)\alpha^*-O(\varepsilon)α∗−O(ε) with O(n2/ε)O(n^2/\varepsilon)O(n2/ε) samples (Correa, Dütting, Fischer, Schewior, 2019) and with O(n/ε6)O(n/\varepsilon^6)O(n/ε6) samples (Rubinstein, Wang, Weinberg, 2020). Theorem 9 of the paper, the goal of this mission, gives such a guarantee with O(n/ε)O(n/\varepsilon)O(n/ε) samples.

Setting

Fix p∈(0,1)p\in(0,1)p∈(0,1). The guarantee of the explicit threshold rule is the number α~(p)∈(0,1)\tilde\alpha(p)\in(0,1)α~(p)∈(0,1) solving

ln⁡p+α~(1−p)2p=∑i=1∞ln⁡(1−α~+α~[(i+1)pi−ipi+1])i(i+1).(19)\ln p+\frac{\tilde\alpha(1-p)^2}{p}=\sum_{i=1}^{\infty}\frac{\ln\bigl(1-\tilde\alpha+\tilde\alpha[(i+1)p^i-ip^{i+1}]\bigr)}{i(i+1)}.\tag{19}lnp+pα~(1−p)2​=i=1∑∞​i(i+1)ln(1−α~+α~[(i+1)pi−ipi+1])​.(19)

Lemma 7 of the paper shows that (19) has exactly one root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1). The i.i.d. prophet constant α∗∈(0,1)\alpha^*\in(0,1)α∗∈(0,1) is the solution of

∫01dyy(1−ln⁡y)+1/α∗−1=1.\int_0^1\frac{dy}{y(1-\ln y)+1/\alpha^*-1}=1 .∫01​y(1−lny)+1/α∗−1dy​=1.

The proof of Theorem 9 (Appendix B.9) works with three auxiliary functions of ppp, each depending on α∗\alpha^*α∗ as a parameter:

a(p)=∑i≥1ln⁡(1p−α∗(1−pi(1+i(1−p))))i(i+1)+α∗(2p−p2),b(p)=1p2∑i≥11i(i+1)(1p−α∗(1−pi(1+i(1−p)))),a(p)=\sum_{i\ge1}\frac{\ln\bigl(\tfrac1p-\alpha^*(1-p^i(1+i(1-p)))\bigr)}{i(i+1)}+\alpha^*(2p-p^2),\qquad b(p)=\frac1{p^2}\sum_{i\ge1}\frac{1}{i(i+1)\bigl(\tfrac1p-\alpha^*(1-p^i(1+i(1-p)))\bigr)},a(p)=i≥1∑​i(i+1)ln(p1​−α∗(1−pi(1+i(1−p))))​+α∗(2p−p2),b(p)=p21​i≥1∑​i(i+1)(p1​−α∗(1−pi(1+i(1−p))))1​, c(p)=∑i≥1pi−1−pi1pα∗−1+pi(1+i(1−p)).c(p)=\sum_{i\ge1}\frac{p^{i-1}-p^i}{\tfrac1{p\alpha^*}-1+p^i(1+i(1-p))}.c(p)=i≥1∑​pα∗1​−1+pi(1+i(1−p))pi−1−pi​.

Appendix B.7 also names the two sides of (19): f(p,α)=ln⁡p+α(1−p)2/pf(p,\alpha)=\ln p+\alpha(1-p)^2/pf(p,α)=lnp+α(1−p)2/p and g(p,α)=∑i≥1ln⁡(1+α(pi(1+i(1−p))−1))/(i(i+1))g(p,\alpha)=\sum_{i\ge1}\ln(1+\alpha(p^i(1+i(1-p))-1))/(i(i+1))g(p,α)=∑i≥1​ln(1+α(pi(1+i(1−p))−1))/(i(i+1)). In Lean, IsAlphaTilde p a and IsAlphaStar s are shared predicates in SampleDrivenOS.Limit; aB9 s p, bB9 s p, cB9 s p, fB7 p α, and gB7 p α are in SampleDrivenOS.Linear.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9 (p. 17)

for every p∈(0,1):α~(p) ≥ α∗p.\text{for every }p\in(0,1):\qquad \tilde\alpha(p)\ \ge\ \alpha^*p .for every p∈(0,1):α~(p) ≥ α∗p.

It is stated for every root α~\tilde\alphaα~ of (19) and every solution α∗\alpha^*α∗ of the integral equation; neither existence nor uniqueness is assumed.

Milestones (Appendix B.7 and B.9, in the order the proof uses them)

  1. B.7: f(p,⋅)f(p,\cdot)f(p,⋅) is strictly increasing on [0,1][0,1][0,1] and g(p,⋅)g(p,\cdot)g(p,⋅) non-increasing on [0,1)[0,1)[0,1).
  2. B.9: if (19) holds with "≤\le≤" at α∗p\alpha^*pα∗p in place of α~\tilde\alphaα~ (after the substitution α~=f(p)p\tilde\alpha=f(p)pα~=f(p)p), then α~(p)≥α∗p\tilde\alpha(p)\ge\alpha^*pα~(p)≥α∗p.
  3. B.9: that inequality is equivalent to α∗≤a(p)\alpha^*\le a(p)α∗≤a(p).
  4. B.9: aaa is differentiable on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) with a′(p)=2α∗(1−p)−b(p)+c(p)a'(p)=2\alpha^*(1-p)-b(p)+c(p)a′(p)=2α∗(1−p)−b(p)+c(p), also in term-by-term form.
  5. B.9: b(p)≥1/pb(p)\ge 1/pb(p)≥1/p.
  6. B.9: c(p)≤1p∫01dy1/(pα∗)−1+y(1−pln⁡y)−α∗(1−p)c(p)\le\frac1p\int_0^1\frac{dy}{1/(p\alpha^*)-1+y(1-p\ln y)}-\alpha^*(1-p)c(p)≤p1​∫01​1/(pα∗)−1+y(1−plny)dy​−α∗(1−p).
  7. B.9: using the defining equation of α∗\alpha^*α∗,
1p∫01dy1pα∗−1+y(1−pln⁡y)≤1p−1−pp(1pα∗−1e)ln⁡1pα∗+pe1pα∗+pe−1.\frac1p\int_0^1\frac{dy}{\tfrac1{p\alpha^*}-1+y(1-p\ln y)}\le\frac1p-\frac{1-p}{p}\Bigl(\frac1{p\alpha^*}-\frac1e\Bigr)\ln\frac{\tfrac1{p\alpha^*}+\tfrac pe}{\tfrac1{p\alpha^*}+\tfrac pe-1}.p1​∫01​pα∗1​−1+y(1−plny)dy​≤p1​−p1−p​(pα∗1​−e1​)lnpα∗1​+ep​−1pα∗1​+ep​​.
  1. B.9: for all s∈[0.74,0.75]s\in[0.74,0.75]s∈[0.74,0.75] and p∈(0,1)p\in(0,1)p∈(0,1), (1ps−1e)ln⁡1/(ps)+p/e1/(ps)+p/e−1≥0.8\bigl(\frac1{ps}-\frac1e\bigr)\ln\frac{1/(ps)+p/e}{1/(ps)+p/e-1}\ge0.8(ps1​−e1​)ln1/(ps)+p/e−11/(ps)+p/e​≥0.8.
  2. B.9: if α∗∈[0.74,0.75]\alpha^*\in[0.74,0.75]α∗∈[0.74,0.75], then c(p)≤1p−α∗(1−p)(1+1p)c(p)\le\frac1p-\alpha^*(1-p)(1+\frac1p)c(p)≤p1​−α∗(1−p)(1+p1​).
  3. B.9: under the same hypothesis, ddpa(p)≤0\frac{d}{dp}a(p)\le0dpd​a(p)≤0 on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).

Significance

The explicit rule's guarantee α~(p)\tilde\alpha(p)α~(p) is a lower bound on the optimal ratio α(p)\alpha(p)α(p), and Theorem 8 (a separate mission of this series) shows α~(p)→α∗\tilde\alpha(p)\to\alpha^*α~(p)→α∗ as p→1p\to1p→1. Theorem 9 makes that convergence quantitative and uniform: the guarantee is at least linear in ppp, so with p=1−εp=1-\varepsilonp=1−ε, an online set of size n=εNn=\varepsilon Nn=εN and O(n/ε)O(n/\varepsilon)O(n/ε) samples the rule earns α∗−O(ε)\alpha^*-O(\varepsilon)α∗−O(ε) of the expected maximum. This improves the sample complexity of the earlier learning-based results by a polynomial factor, in a model more general than theirs.

The theorem is proved in the paper; it has no machine-checked proof. The proof is elementary real analysis on explicit series and integrals, and one of its steps is a numerical check that the paper does not carry out in print. A formalization turns that numerical claim into a certified inequality and checks a chain of estimates in which one inequality sign is misprinted (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

The statement is about two implicitly defined numbers. α~(p)\tilde\alpha(p)α~(p) has no closed form, and α∗\alpha^*α∗ is defined by an integral equation. Evaluating both numerically at finitely many ppp proves nothing for the remaining ppp, and the inequality is tight at p=1p=1p=1 (α~(1)=α∗\tilde\alpha(1)=\alpha^*α~(1)=α∗), so no uniform slack is available near p=1p=1p=1.

Concavity of α~\tilde\alphaα~ would give the result immediately, and the paper reports it numerically, but the authors were unable to prove it; the argument must avoid it. The remaining work handles infinite series whose terms depend on ppp through both pip^ipi and i(1−p)i(1-p)i(1−p): differentiating such a series term by term requires uniform control of the derivative series, comparing it with an integral needs a monotonicity argument, and one step needs a bound valid on an entire two-parameter region rather than at a point.

Formalization scope

  • Numbers, not processes. No probability, program or algorithm appears in Lean. Everything is a real-valued function on R\mathbb RR.
  • Predicates, not choice. α~(p)\tilde\alpha(p)α~(p) and α∗\alpha^*α∗ enter as IsAlphaTilde p a (with 0<a<10<a<10<a<1) and IsAlphaStar s (with 0<s<10<s<10<s<1). Statements quantify over every solution. Both exist, so the goal is not vacuous: existence of α~\tilde\alphaα~ is Lemma 7 (posed in the second mission of this series), and existence and uniqueness of α∗=1/β∗\alpha^*=1/\beta^*α∗=1/β∗ are posed as CorreaThreshold.Adaptive.beta_star_existsUnique (512ff915-7ec1-4d24-87b3-bc8adfee6bad).
  • Series. Every series is a Lean tsum over i : ℕ with the paper's index i≥1i\ge1i≥1 shifted to i + 1. For parameters in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) all series are summable, so tsum is the true sum; summability is part of what solvers prove, never a hypothesis. Differentiability of aaa is likewise a conclusion (HasDerivAt), never assumed.
  • Total functions. Real.log 0 = 0 makes the integrands' values at y=0y=0y=0 equal their limits, so the interval integrals are the true integrals. Every division (1/p1/p1/p, 1/(ps)1/(ps)1/(ps)) is at a positive argument under the stated ranges, and every logarithm's argument is positive.
  • α∗≈0.745\alpha^*\approx0.745α∗≈0.745. The paper uses this approximation through the interval α∗∈[0.74,0.75]\alpha^*\in[0.74,0.75]α∗∈[0.74,0.75] of its numerical check. Milestones 9 and 10 carry that interval as a hypothesis; the goal does not. The lower bound α∗>0.745\alpha^*>0.745α∗>0.745 is posed as CorreaThreshold.Adaptive.inv_beta_star_gt (ce70487c-b155-4e47-9ce8-8348dc1b1645). The upper bound α∗≤0.75\alpha^*\le0.75α∗≤0.75 (numerically α∗≈0.74544\alpha^*\approx0.74544α∗≈0.74544) is posed nowhere and is welcome as a lemma.
  • A printed slip. The paper prints the conclusion of milestone 9 as "c(p)≥…c(p)\ge\dotsc(p)≥…". The surrounding argument requires and announces "≤\le≤", and the formal statement uses ≤\le≤.
  • Ruled-out trivializations. Fixing ppp, replacing α∗\alpha^*α∗ by the numeral 0.7450.7450.745 (a weaker statement, since 0.745<α∗0.745<\alpha^*0.745<α∗), stating aaa's monotonicity through deriv (which is 000 at non-differentiable points), or replacing α~\tilde\alphaα~ by a chosen value all change the theorem. None is used.
  • Reusable infrastructure. Welcome contributions include term-by-term differentiation of tsums under a dominating series, Riemann-sum comparisons for monotone integrands, a Chebyshev-type integral inequality for two decreasing functions, and certified interval arithmetic for a two-variable inequality such as milestone 8.

Selected references

  • J. Correa, A. Cristi, B. Epstein, J. A. Soto, Sample-Driven Optimal Stopping: From the Secretary Problem to the i.i.d. Prophet Inequality, arXiv:2011.06516v2, 2021 (journal version: Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024). https://arxiv.org/abs/2011.06516v2
  • J. Correa, P. Foncea, R. Hoeksma, T. Oosterwijk, T. Vredeveld, Posted Price Mechanisms for a Random Stream of Customers, ACM EC 2017; Mathematics of Operations Research 46(4), 2021. https://doi.org/10.1145/3033274.3085137
  • T. P. Hill, R. P. Kertz, Comparisons of stop rule and supremum expectations of i.i.d. random variables, Annals of Probability 10(2), 1982 (reference [26] of the paper). https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176993767
  • R. P. Kertz, Stop rule and supremum expectations of i.i.d. random variables: a complete comparison by conjugate duality, Journal of Multivariate Analysis 19, 1986 (reference [28] of the paper).
  • J. Correa, P. Dütting, F. Fischer, K. Schewior, Prophet Inequalities for I.I.D. Random Variables from an Unknown Distribution, ACM EC 2019. https://doi.org/10.1145/3328526.3329627
  • A. Rubinstein, J. Z. Wang, S. M. Weinberg, Optimal Single-Choice Prophet Inequalities from Samples, ITCS 2020. https://doi.org/10.4230/LIPIcs.ITCS.2020.60
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Climate Impact Investing 1: With an Average-Emissions Interaction Effect the Unique Equilibrium Emission Schedule Is ψ* − ε/(2n+ε)·(ψ* + 2n²ψ̄*/(2n+(n+1)ε)), Below the Schedule Without InteractionResearch Paper

Motivation

Green investors hold a growing share of financial wealth, and the stated purpose of much of this capital is to change how companies behave, not only to avoid exposure to climate risk. Whether exclusionary or impact-oriented portfolios actually move corporate emissions is an equilibrium question: investors' preferences shift the cost of capital, and companies choose emissions knowing this. De Angelis, Tankov and Zerbib, Climate Impact Investing (SSRN 3562534; Management Science 2022, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.4472), build a continuous-time model in which regular and green investors trade the shares of nnn companies, green investors penalize climate externalities, and each company chooses an emission schedule to maximize its expected market value.

This mission formalizes the companies' side of that model: the reduction of each company's problem to a date-by-date payoff (Proposition 2), the explicit emission rate it yields when externalities depend on a company's own emissions (Corollary 3), and the equilibrium among companies when externalities also depend on the economy's average emissions (Proposition 4, §3.4 "Interaction effects"). The last result is the one the paper uses to argue that internalizing aggregate emissions pushes every company to emit less.

Setting

There are n≥1n\ge1n≥1 companies, a final date T>0T>0T>0 and a rate of time preference ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0. A schedule ψ\psiψ assigns to each date s∈[0,T]s\in[0,T]s∈[0,T] the vector ψs∈R+n\psi_s\in\mathbb R^n_+ψs​∈R+n​ of emission rates. Company iii has a marginal abatement cost csi≥0c^i_s\ge0csi​≥0. Green investors hold a wealth share α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1). The climate externalities θsi(ψs)\theta^i_s(\psi_s)θsi​(ψs​) (as internalized by green investors) and θsc,i(ψs)\theta^{c,i}_s(\psi_s)θsc,i​(ψs​) (as internalized by the companies) are functions of the whole emission profile.

Company iii's profit function is its discounted expected equilibrium price,

Ji(ψ)=∫0Te−ρt(di+∫0Tcsi(ψsi−ψbi) ds+∫0tθsc,i(ψs) ds+α∫tTθsi(ψs) ds−γ∗∫tT[Σs1]i ds)dt,\mathcal J^i(\psi)=\int_0^T e^{-\rho t}\Big(d^i+\int_0^T c^i_s(\psi^i_s-\psi^i_b)\,ds+\int_0^t\theta^{c,i}_s(\psi_s)\,ds+\alpha\int_t^T\theta^i_s(\psi_s)\,ds-\gamma^*\int_t^T[\Sigma_s\mathbf 1]_i\,ds\Big)dt,Ji(ψ)=∫0T​e−ρt(di+∫0T​csi​(ψsi​−ψbi​)ds+∫0t​θsc,i​(ψs​)ds+α∫tT​θsi​(ψs​)ds−γ∗∫tT​[Σs​1]i​ds)dt,

with ddd the expected terminal dividends, ψb\psi_bψb​ the baseline emissions, γ∗\gamma^*γ∗ an aggregate risk-aversion constant and Σs\Sigma_sΣs​ the dividend covariance. An optimal emission schedule (9) is a Nash equilibrium: no company raises Ji\mathcal J^iJi by changing its own schedule.

With the time factors

βtc=e−ρt−e−ρT1−e−ρT,βt=1−e−ρt1−e−ρT,\beta^c_t=\frac{e^{-\rho t}-e^{-\rho T}}{1-e^{-\rho T}},\qquad\beta_t=\frac{1-e^{-\rho t}}{1-e^{-\rho T}},βtc​=1−e−ρTe−ρt−e−ρT​,βt​=1−e−ρT1−e−ρt​,

the date-ttt payoff (12) of company iii is Fi(x)=βtcθtc,i(x)+αβtθti(x)+ctixiF_i(x)=\beta^c_t\theta^{c,i}_t(x)+\alpha\beta_t\theta^i_t(x)+c^i_tx^iFi​(x)=βtc​θtc,i​(x)+αβt​θti​(x)+cti​xi for a profile x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn.

Without interaction, θti(x)=κ0,t−κt2(xi)2\theta^i_t(x)=\kappa_{0,t}-\frac{\kappa_t}{2}(x^i)^2θti​(x)=κ0,t​−2κt​​(xi)2 and similarly for θc,i\theta^{c,i}θc,i with κc\kappa^cκc, where κt,κtc>0\kappa_t,\kappa^c_t>0κt​,κtc​>0 are sensitivities; the resulting rate is

ψt∗,i=ctiβtcκtc+αβtκt.(13)\psi^{*,i}_t=\frac{c^i_t}{\beta^c_t\kappa^c_t+\alpha\beta_t\kappa_t}.\tag{13}ψt∗,i​=βtc​κtc​+αβt​κt​cti​​.(13)

With an interaction effect of elasticity ε≥0\varepsilon\ge0ε≥0, the externalities become

θti(ψ)=κ0,t−κt2[(ψti)2+εψtiψˉt],ψˉt=1n∑j=1nψtj,\theta^i_t(\psi)=\kappa_{0,t}-\frac{\kappa_t}{2}\big[(\psi^i_t)^2+\varepsilon\psi^i_t\bar\psi_t\big],\qquad\bar\psi_t=\frac1n\sum_{j=1}^n\psi^j_t,θti​(ψ)=κ0,t​−2κt​​[(ψti​)2+εψti​ψˉ​t​],ψˉ​t​=n1​j=1∑n​ψtj​,

and similarly for θc,i\theta^{c,i}θc,i. The stage game at date ttt has players i=1,…,ni=1,\dots,ni=1,…,n, strategies xix^ixi and payoffs FiF_iFi​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4(i)

For every t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T], the stage game with interaction effect has exactly one Nash equilibrium, namely

ψt∗,ε,i=ψt∗,i−ε2n+ε(ψt∗,i+2n22n+(n+1)εψˉt∗),(15)\psi^{*,\varepsilon,i}_t=\psi^{*,i}_t-\frac{\varepsilon}{2n+\varepsilon}\Big(\psi^{*,i}_t+\frac{2n^2}{2n+(n+1)\varepsilon}\bar\psi^*_t\Big),\tag{15}ψt∗,ε,i​=ψt∗,i​−2n+εε​(ψt∗,i​+2n+(n+1)ε2n2​ψˉ​t∗​),(15)

and it lies weakly below the schedule without interaction: ψt∗,ε,i≤ψt∗,i\psi^{*,\varepsilon,i}_t\le\psi^{*,i}_tψt∗,ε,i​≤ψt∗,i​ for all iii.

Milestones

  1. (39): an integration by parts that rewrites the reduced objective as ∫0T\int_0^T∫0T​ of a weighted date-ttt payoff, and the equivalence between maximizing Ji\mathcal J^iJi and the reduced objective.
  2. Proposition 2: a schedule that maximizes (12) at every date is optimal for Ji\mathcal J^iJi against every admissible unilateral deviation.
  3. Corollary 3: (13) is the unique maximizer of the date-ttt payoff with own-emission externalities over x≥0x\ge0x≥0.
  4. (40): a profile is a stage equilibrium if and only if xi=ψt∗,i−ε2n(∑jxj+xi)x^i=\psi^{*,i}_t-\frac{\varepsilon}{2n}\big(\sum_jx^j+x^i\big)xi=ψt∗,i​−2nε​(∑j​xj+xi) for all iii.
  5. Sum identity: summing (40) gives ∑ixi=2n2n+(n+1)ε∑iψt∗,i\sum_ix^i=\frac{2n}{2n+(n+1)\varepsilon}\sum_i\psi^{*,i}_t∑i​xi=2n+(n+1)ε2n​∑i​ψt∗,i​.

Companions

  • Proposition 4(ii): as n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞ with ψt∗,i,ψˉt∗\psi^{*,i}_t,\bar\psi^*_tψt∗,i​,ψˉ​t∗​ fixed, (15) tends to ψt∗,i−εε+2ψˉt∗\psi^{*,i}_t-\frac{\varepsilon}{\varepsilon+2}\bar\psi^*_tψt∗,i​−ε+2ε​ψˉ​t∗​ (16).
  • Corollary 3 at schedule level: (13) is optimal for Ji\mathcal J^iJi.
  • Proposition 4 at schedule level: a nonnegative, admissible (15) satisfies the Nash condition (9) for the profit functions.

Significance

The result quantifies how a shared concern for aggregate emissions changes individual behaviour. Each company's emission falls by an amount proportional to its own no-interaction rate and to the economy's average, and in a large market the reduction is εε+2\frac{\varepsilon}{\varepsilon+2}ε+2ε​ times the average emission. With ε=1\varepsilon=1ε=1, equal weight on own and average emissions, a company cuts its emissions by one third of the average (p. 30). The comparison with (13) is the paper's argument that interaction effects reinforce the impact of green investing.

Formalizing it makes the modelling layer precise: what "optimal schedule" means once the stochastic layer is evaluated, under which integrability conditions the integration by parts holds, and on which domain the equilibrium lives. The results are proved on the page with short arguments; none of them is machine-checked anywhere. The time-factor module is shared with the companion mission on climate uncertainty.

Difficulty

The algebra of (15) is short; the care lies elsewhere. First, the average ψˉt\bar\psi_tψˉ​t​ contains company iii's own emission, so the derivative of θti\theta^i_tθti​ in ψti\psi^i_tψti​ includes the term εψti/n\varepsilon\psi^i_t/nεψti​/n. Treating ψˉt\bar\psi_tψˉ​t​ as fixed, the mean-field reading, gives a different equilibrium, ψt∗,i−ε2ψˉt\psi^{*,i}_t-\frac{\varepsilon}{2}\bar\psi_tψt∗,i​−2ε​ψˉ​t​, which is not (15). Second, the page's proof imposes first-order conditions, which characterize equilibria of the game on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, while the model's schedules are nonnegative and (15) can be negative (for instance when cti=0c^i_t=0cti​=0 and ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0). Third, Proposition 2 is an exchange of the order of integration on {0≤s≤t≤T}\{0\le s\le t\le T\}{0≤s≤t≤T} that must be justified from integrability alone, without continuity of the schedule.

Formalization scope

The paper's model is stochastic: Brownian cash-flow news, subjective measures obtained by Girsanov's theorem, and CARA investors. None of this is formalized, and Propositions 1 and 5 are out of scope as equilibrium statements. The formal statements start from the companies' objective in the evaluated form of p. 64, the expected equilibrium price under the companies' measure.

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • Companies are indexed by Fin n with n>0n>0n>0; profiles are Fin n → ℝ; Σs1\Sigma_s\mathbf 1Σs​1 is Matrix.mulVec (Sig s) 1, and only its iii-th coordinate is used.
  • Time factors, the quadratic externality and (13) live in the shared module TimeFactors. ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 and T>0T>0T>0 are standing hypotheses; κt,κtc>0\kappa_t,\kappa^c_t>0κt​,κtc​>0 on [0,T][0,T][0,T] (Corollary 3's standing assumption, inherited by Proposition 4 through (13)) and cti≥0c^i_t\ge0cti​≥0 (implicit on the page) are disclosed. Positivity of κ0,t,κ0,tc\kappa_{0,t},\kappa^c_{0,t}κ0,t​,κ0,tc​ is not used and is dropped.
  • A schedule is admissible for company iii if it is Borel measurable and nonnegative on [0,T][0,T][0,T] and ciψic^i\psi^iciψi, θi(ψ)\theta^i(\psi)θi(ψ), θc,i(ψ)\theta^{c,i}(\psi)θc,i(ψ) are integrable there; cic^ici and [Σ1]i[\Sigma\mathbf 1]_i[Σ1]i​ are assumed integrable. Measurability is required by footnote 7; Lean encodes it through the schedule's zero extension outside [0,T][0,T][0,T]. Integrability is not on the page; without it the integrals would silently default to 000.
  • The page writes ddd in Ji\mathcal J^iJi for the coordinate did^idi.
  • The goal's stage game is played on Rn\mathbb R^nRn; this is a disclosed correction of the page's domain R+n\mathbb R^n_+R+n​, which its own first-order proof does not respect. The schedule-level companion restores R+\mathbb R_+R+​ under the proviso that (15) is nonnegative.
  • "Lower" is the weak inequality: at ε=0\varepsilon=0ε=0 or c≡0c\equiv0c≡0 the two schedules coincide.
  • Proposition 4(ii)'s "≃\simeq≃ for n≫εn\gg\varepsilonn≫ε" is pinned down as a limit n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞ with the no-interaction quantities held fixed.

A statement that assumes (40) or defines equilibrium as the solution of the first-order system would be trivial; the goal quantifies over all profiles and uses the Nash predicate, and no milestone assumes the conclusion of another.

The development needs interval integrals and Fubini on a triangle (both available in Mathlib's measure theory), and elementary algebra over Fin n sums. The profit-function layer and the stage-game predicates are reusable for other emission games built on the same model. Proofs of any item are welcome, as are proofs of the necessity direction of Proposition 2.

Selected references

  • T. De Angelis, P. Tankov, O. D. Zerbib, Climate Impact Investing, SSRN 3562534, version of 25 June 2021. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3562534
  • T. De Angelis, P. Tankov, O. D. Zerbib, Climate Impact Investing, Management Science, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4472
  • W. Nordhaus, Estimates of the Social Cost of Carbon: Concepts and Results from the DICE-2013R Model and Alternative Approaches, Journal of the Association of Environmental and Resource Economists 1(1/2), 2014. https://doi.org/10.1086/676035
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsEconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Revenue Management in Crowdfunding 1: Optimal Pledge Level and Campaign Duration Under Triangular Valuations When Independent or Herding Backers DominateResearch Paper

Motivation

Reward-based crowdfunding platforms such as Kickstarter let a project creator collect pledges from the public for a fixed period. Two numbers are fixed before launch and cannot be changed afterwards: the pledge level ppp each backer pays, and the campaign duration TTT. A high pledge level earns more per backer but deters backers with low valuations; a long campaign gives more backers time to arrive but, because backers are paid out only at the end, discounts the project's value in their eyes. Zhang, Savin and Veeraraghavan (SSRN 3065267, published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2022, doi:10.1287/msom.2022.1147) model this trade-off as a revenue-management problem for a deterministic fluid model of the pledging process, with two kinds of backers: independent backers, who arrive on their own, and herding backers, who arrive at a rate proportional to the amount already pledged, in the spirit of the imitators of the Bass diffusion model. The mission formalizes the paper's model, its closed-form solution, and its main optimization result for valuations with a right-triangular distribution.

Setting

A campaign has a population I^>0\hat I>0I^>0 of independent backers, who arrive at rate k>0k>0k>0 times the number not yet arrived, and herding backers, who arrive at rate Λhqp\Lambda_h q pΛh​qp times the number of pledges made so far (Λh≥0\Lambda_h\ge0Λh​≥0 an arrival rate, q≥0q\ge0q≥0 a propensity). A backer's valuation VVV is drawn from a law on [0,vˉ][0,\bar v][0,vˉ] with survival function Fˉi\bar F_iFˉi​ (independent) or Fˉh\bar F_hFˉh​ (herding). A backer arriving at time t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T] pledges iff Ve−r(T−t)≥pVe^{-r(T-t)}\ge pVe−r(T−t)≥p, where r>0r>0r>0 is the backers' discount rate; that happens with probability Fˉ(per(T−t))\bar F(pe^{r(T-t)})Fˉ(per(T−t)). The numbers nip,niln^p_i,n^l_inip​,nil​ of pledging and lost independent backers obey the linear system (1)–(4),

dnipdt=k(I^−ni) Fˉi(per(T−t)),dnildt=k(I^−ni)(1−Fˉi(per(T−t))),ni=nip+nil,\frac{dn^p_i}{dt}=k(\hat I-n_i)\,\bar F_i(pe^{r(T-t)}),\qquad \frac{dn^l_i}{dt}=k(\hat I-n_i)\bigl(1-\bar F_i(pe^{r(T-t)})\bigr),\qquad n_i=n^p_i+n^l_i,dtdnip​​=k(I^−ni​)Fˉi​(per(T−t)),dtdnil​​=k(I^−ni​)(1−Fˉi​(per(T−t))),ni​=nip​+nil​,

and the herding counts nhp,nhln^p_h,n^l_hnhp​,nhl​ obey (8)–(10),

dnhpdt=Λhqp (nip+nhp) Fˉh(per(T−t)),dnhldt=Λhqp (nip+nhp)(1−Fˉh(per(T−t))),\frac{dn^p_h}{dt}=\Lambda_h q p\,(n^p_i+n^p_h)\,\bar F_h(pe^{r(T-t)}),\qquad \frac{dn^l_h}{dt}=\Lambda_h q p\,(n^p_i+n^p_h)\bigl(1-\bar F_h(pe^{r(T-t)})\bigr),dtdnhp​​=Λh​qp(nip​+nhp​)Fˉh​(per(T−t)),dtdnhl​​=Λh​qp(nip​+nhp​)(1−Fˉh​(per(T−t))),

all starting from 000. The total number of pledges is n(p,T)=nip(T)+nhp(T)n(p,T)=n^p_i(T)+n^p_h(T)n(p,T)=nip​(T)+nhp​(T), the revenue is π(p,T)=p n(p,T)\pi(p,T)=p\,n(p,T)π(p,T)=pn(p,T), and the creator solves

max⁡ π(p,T)over0<p≤vˉ,  0≤T≤1rln⁡(vˉ/p).(18)\max\ \pi(p,T)\quad\text{over}\quad 0<p\le\bar v,\ \ 0\le T\le\tfrac1r\ln(\bar v/p).\qquad(18)max π(p,T)over0<p≤vˉ,  0≤T≤r1​ln(vˉ/p).(18)

Two reduced revenue functions appear in the limiting regimes: without herding, Ri(p,T)=kI^pe−kT∫0TekxFˉi(perx)dxR_i(p,T)=k\hat Ipe^{-kT}\int_0^Te^{kx}\bar F_i(pe^{rx})dxRi​(p,T)=kI^pe−kT∫0T​ekxFˉi​(perx)dx (22); in the herding-dominated regime, the proxy Rh(p,T)=p∫0TFˉh(pery)dyR_h(p,T)=p\int_0^T\bar F_h(pe^{ry})dyRh​(p,T)=p∫0T​Fˉh​(pery)dy (27). A right-triangular law on [0,vˉ][0,\bar v][0,vˉ] has mode 000 (Fˉ(y)=(1−y/vˉ)2\bar F(y)=(1-y/\bar v)^2Fˉ(y)=(1−y/vˉ)2) or mode vˉ\bar vvˉ (Fˉ(y)=1−(y/vˉ)2\bar F(y)=1-(y/\bar v)^2Fˉ(y)=1−(y/vˉ)2).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 7

With x0∗x^*_0x0∗​, x1∗x^*_1x1∗​ the explicit algebraic constants (34), (35):

  • (a) if k=rk=rk=r and Λh=0\Lambda_h=0Λh​=0, the unique maximizer of (18) is
(p∗,T∗)=(vˉx0∗−x0∗+1(x0∗)2+x0∗+1, 1rln⁡x0∗) (mode 0),(vˉ1+x1∗+(x1∗)2, 1rln⁡x1∗) (mode vˉ);(p^*,T^*)=\Bigl(\bar v\tfrac{x^*_0-\sqrt{x^*_0}+1}{(x^*_0)^2+x^*_0+1},\ \tfrac1r\ln x^*_0\Bigr)\ \text{(mode 0)},\qquad \Bigl(\tfrac{\bar v}{\sqrt{1+x^*_1+(x^*_1)^2}},\ \tfrac1r\ln x^*_1\Bigr)\ \text{(mode }\bar v);(p∗,T∗)=(vˉ(x0∗​)2+x0∗​+1x0∗​−x0∗​​+1​, r1​lnx0∗​) (mode 0),(1+x1∗​+(x1∗​)2​vˉ​, r1​lnx1∗​) (mode vˉ);
  • (b) the unique maximizer of RhR_hRh​ over the same feasible set is (β∗vˉ,1rln⁡1β∗)(\beta^*\bar v,\frac1r\ln\frac1{\beta^*})(β∗vˉ,r1​lnβ∗1​) with β∗\beta^*β∗ the unique root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) of ln⁡1β=32(β−43)2−16\ln\frac1\beta=\frac32(\beta-\frac43)^2-\frac16lnβ1​=23​(β−34​)2−61​ (mode 0), and (βvˉ,1rln⁡1β)(\beta\bar v,\frac1r\ln\frac1\beta)(βvˉ,r1​lnβ1​) with β=−W(−3e−3)/3\beta=\sqrt{-W(-3e^{-3})/3}β=−W(−3e−3)/3​ (mode vˉ\bar vvˉ).

Milestones

  1. Proposition 1 and Proposition 2: every solution of (1)–(4) and (8)–(10) equals the closed forms (5)–(7), (11)–(12), and these solve the systems.
  2. Corollary 2: n(p,T)n(p,T)n(p,T) equals the single integral (17); and (22): π=Ri\pi=R_iπ=Ri​ when Λh=0\Lambda_h=0Λh​=0.
  3. Proposition 4(a), (b): with Λh=0\Lambda_h=0Λh​=0, k=rk=rk=r, the optimal duration T∗(p)T^*(p)T∗(p) for each fixed ppp and the optimal pledge level p∗(T)p^*(T)p∗(T) for each fixed T>0T>0T>0, in closed form (23)–(26).
  4. Proposition 5(a), (b): the same for RhR_hRh​, (28)–(31).

Significance

Proposition 7 is the paper's answer, for triangular valuations, to the question that motivates it: how a creator should set both levers together. Its four cases show how the optimal pledge level and duration move between campaigns dominated by low- or high-valuation independent backers and those dominated by herding backers; in particular herding-dominated campaigns call for markedly longer durations. Propositions 4 and 5 are the "limited-flexibility" policies for platforms where one lever is fixed by convention, and they are what the joint optimization is built from.

The model results (Propositions 1–2, Corollary 2) are proved in the manuscript's Appendix. The proofs of Propositions 4, 5 and 7 are in the paper's online Technical Appendix, which is not part of the source this mission cites; the decomposition into milestones follows the statements of the main text. None of these results has a machine-checked proof. A formalization produces verified closed forms for a nonlinear-in-parameters pricing problem and pins down three printing slips of the source (below).

Difficulty

Propositions 1 and 2 concern linear ordinary differential equations whose coefficients jump whenever the valuation law has an atom, so the classical theory does not apply directly; solutions are absolutely continuous and must be handled in integral form, and uniqueness needs a Grönwall-type argument for measurable coefficients. Corollary 2 is an integration by parts and a change of variables inside a double integral with an exponential of an inner integral. For the optimization results the obstacle is not the first-order condition but the global statement: each "optimal" claim asserts a unique global maximizer over a curved feasible region whose boundary T=1rln⁡(vˉ/p)T=\frac1r\ln(\bar v/p)T=r1​ln(vˉ/p) is active in some cases (Proposition 5) and inactive in others (Proposition 4, Proposition 7(a)). The first-order conditions are cubic or quartic equations whose roots are given by trigonometric and Cardano-type formulas, and part (b) involves transcendental equations; matching the right root and excluding boundary maxima is where the work lies.

Formalization scope

The model is a structure Campaign with real parameters Ihat, k, r, Lh (Λh\Lambda_hΛh​), q, vbar and the survival functions Fbi, Fbh. Standing assumptions: I^,k,r,vˉ>0\hat I,k,r,\bar v>0I^,k,r,vˉ>0, Λh,q≥0\Lambda_h,q\ge0Λh​,q≥0, and each survival function is non-increasing, [0,1][0,1][0,1]-valued, 111 below 000 and 000 from vˉ\bar vvˉ on. The positivity p>0p>0p>0 is added to the feasible set of (18), since ln⁡(vˉ/p)\ln(\bar v/p)ln(vˉ/p) needs it and π(0,T)=0\pi(0,T)=0π(0,T)=0. The pledging probability P(Ve−r(T−t)≥p)\mathbb P(Ve^{-r(T-t)}\ge p)P(Ve−r(T−t)≥p) is written Fˉ(per(T−t))\bar F(pe^{r(T-t)})Fˉ(per(T−t)). The differential systems are stated in integral form with continuity on [0,T][0,T][0,T]; Propositions 1–2 assert both that every solution equals the closed forms and that the closed forms solve the system. "Optimal" always means: feasible, attaining the maximum, and the unique point that does. For a fixed TTT the optimal pledge level is posed only for T>0T>0T>0, because π(⋅,0)\pi(\cdot,0)π(⋅,0) and Rh(⋅,0)R_h(\cdot,0)Rh​(⋅,0) vanish identically.

Three corrections of printing slips are part of the statements: (12) is stated with the factor Λhqp\Lambda_h q pΛh​qp of (9) and with the inner integration limits read as uuu; (39) has the second root β=1\beta=1β=1, so uniqueness is posed on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1); (40) is printed with iii and a complex Lambert WWW, and is stated in the equivalent real form with W(−3e−3)W(-3e^{-3})W(−3e−3) characterized as the unique w∈(−1,0)w\in(-1,0)w∈(−1,0) with wew=−3e−3we^w=-3e^{-3}wew=−3e−3. Printed decimals (one of which, 0.191vˉ0.191\bar v0.191vˉ in (36), is wrong: the exact value is ≈0.198vˉ\approx0.198\bar v≈0.198vˉ) are not part of any statement.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: n(p,T)n(p,T)n(p,T) is built from (5) and (11), not defined as (17); the differential systems are integral equations, not their closed forms and not a classical-derivative condition that no solution of a discontinuous system satisfies; optimality is a unique-maximizer statement, not an sSup or a first-order condition; and part (b) maximizes the explicit function (27), not a limit Λh→∞\Lambda_h\to\inftyΛh​→∞.

The development needs interval integrals, the exponential, logarithm, square and cube roots from Mathlib, and a uniqueness argument for linear Volterra integral equations; the latter, and the change-of-variables identity behind (22) and Corollary 2, are reusable for other fluid models of diffusion. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative routes to Proposition 7 (for instance through the profile functions T↦π(p∗(T),T)T\mapsto\pi(p^*(T),T)T↦π(p∗(T),T)), are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Zhang, S. Savin, S. Veeraraghavan, Revenue Management in Crowdfunding, manuscript of May 26, 2021, SSRN 3065267. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3065267 — published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2022.1147
  • F. M. Bass, A New Product Growth for Model Consumer Durables, Management Science 15(5), 1969, 215–227. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.15.5.215
  • R. M. Corless, G. H. Gonnet, D. E. G. Hare, D. J. Jeffrey, D. E. Knuth, On the Lambert W function, Advances in Computational Mathematics 5, 1996, 329–359. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02124750
10 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisNumerical AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Generalized Newton Method for Subgradient Systems 2: Under Metric Regularity and Semismoothness*, the FBE-Based Newton Algorithm Converges Superlinearly in Quadratic Composite OptimizationResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization models in statistics, signal processing and machine learning minimize a smooth loss plus a nonsmooth regularizer, min⁡xf(x)+g(x)\min_x f(x)+g(x)minx​f(x)+g(x). When fff is quadratic this is the quadratic composite problem, which also appears as the subproblem of sequential quadratic programming and of proximal Newton methods. First-order splitting methods (proximal gradient, forward-backward) handle such problems with only the proximal mapping of ggg, but converge at best linearly. Newton-type methods converge superlinearly but classically need either smoothness or convexity of ggg, or strong regularity (uniqueness and Lipschitz stability) of the solution.

Khanh, Mordukhovich and Phat (arXiv:2009.10551v2, 2022; Mathematics of Operations Research 2023) designed a Newton-type method for the stationarity inclusion 0∈∂φ(x)0\in\partial\varphi(x)0∈∂φ(x) of a nonconvex composite cost whose steps use only the proximal mapping and the second-order subdifferential (generalized Hessian) of ggg, and proved local superlinear convergence under metric regularity rather than strong metric regularity. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 7.8 of the paper, together with the chain of propositions through which it is proved.

Setting

Work in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean inner product. A function g:Rn→(−∞,+∞]g:\mathbb R^n\to(-\infty,+\infty]g:Rn→(−∞,+∞] is proper if it is finite somewhere, and prox-bounded if it is bounded below by a quadratic −a∥x∥2−c-a\|x\|^2-c−a∥x∥2−c. The limiting subdifferential ∂g(x)\partial g(x)∂g(x) collects limits of Fréchet subgradients at nearby points with nearby values.

For a set-valued map G:Rn⇉RmG:\mathbb R^n\rightrightarrows\mathbb R^mG:Rn⇉Rm the limiting coderivative D∗G(x,y)(w)D^*G(x,y)(w)D∗G(x,y)(w) is the set of uuu with (u,−w)(u,-w)(u,−w) a limiting normal to gph⁡G\operatorname{gph}GgphG at (x,y)(x,y)(x,y); the second-order subdifferential is ∂2g(x,v)=D∗(∂g)(x,v)\partial^2g(x,v)=D^*(\partial g)(x,v)∂2g(x,v)=D∗(∂g)(x,v). GGG is metrically regular around (xˉ,yˉ)(\bar x,\bar y)(xˉ,yˉ​) if dist⁡(x;G−1(y))≤μdist⁡(y;G(x))\operatorname{dist}(x;G^{-1}(y))\le\mu\operatorname{dist}(y;G(x))dist(x;G−1(y))≤μdist(y;G(x)) near (xˉ,yˉ)(\bar x,\bar y)(xˉ,yˉ​), and semismooth* at (xˉ,yˉ)(\bar x,\bar y)(xˉ,yˉ​) if ⟨u∗,u⟩=⟨v∗,v⟩\langle u^*,u\rangle=\langle v^*,v\rangle⟨u∗,u⟩=⟨v∗,v⟩ for every u∗u^*u∗ in the directional coderivative D∗G((xˉ,yˉ);(u,v))(v∗)D^*G((\bar x,\bar y);(u,v))(v^*)D∗G((xˉ,yˉ​);(u,v))(v∗).

ggg is prox-regular at xˉ\bar xxˉ for vˉ∈∂g(xˉ)\bar v\in\partial g(\bar x)vˉ∈∂g(xˉ) with modulus r>0r>0r>0 if it is lower semicontinuous near xˉ\bar xxˉ and, for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0,

g(x)≥g(u)+⟨v,x−u⟩−r2∥x−u∥2g(x)\ge g(u)+\langle v,x-u\rangle-\tfrac r2\|x-u\|^2g(x)≥g(u)+⟨v,x−u⟩−2r​∥x−u∥2

for x,ux,ux,u within ε\varepsilonε of xˉ\bar xxˉ, ∣g(u)−g(xˉ)∣<ε|g(u)-g(\bar x)|<\varepsilon∣g(u)−g(xˉ)∣<ε and v∈∂g(u)v\in\partial g(u)v∈∂g(u) within ε\varepsilonε of vˉ\bar vvˉ; continuously prox-regular if in addition g(xk)→g(xˉ)g(x_k)\to g(\bar x)g(xk​)→g(xˉ) along subgradient pairs (xk,vk)→(xˉ,vˉ)(x_k,v_k)\to(\bar x,\bar v)(xk​,vk​)→(xˉ,vˉ).

The cost is φ=f+g\varphi=f+gφ=f+g with f(x)=12⟨Ax,x⟩+⟨b,x⟩+αf(x)=\tfrac12\langle Ax,x\rangle+\langle b,x\rangle+\alphaf(x)=21​⟨Ax,x⟩+⟨b,x⟩+α, AAA symmetric. The proximal mapping Prox⁡γg(u)\operatorname{Prox}_{\gamma g}(u)Proxγg​(u) is the argmin set of y↦g(y)+12γ∥y−u∥2y\mapsto g(y)+\frac1{2\gamma}\|y-u\|^2y↦g(y)+2γ1​∥y−u∥2, and the forward-backward envelope (FBE) is

φγ(x)=inf⁡y{f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+g(y)+12γ∥y−x∥2}.\varphi_\gamma(x)=\inf_y\Big\{f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle+g(y)+\tfrac1{2\gamma}\|y-x\|^2\Big\}.φγ​(x)=yinf​{f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+g(y)+2γ1​∥y−x∥2}.

Algorithm 7.6 with parameter γ\gammaγ: if 0∈∂φ(xk)0\in\partial\varphi(x^k)0∈∂φ(xk) stop; otherwise set uk=xk−γ(Axk+b)u^k=x^k-\gamma(Ax^k+b)uk=xk−γ(Axk+b), pick vk∈Prox⁡γg(uk)v^k\in\operatorname{Prox}_{\gamma g}(u^k)vk∈Proxγg​(uk), choose dkd^kdk with

−1γ(xk−vk)−Adk∈∂2g(vk,1γ(uk−vk))(xk−vk+dk),-\tfrac1\gamma(x^k-v^k)-Ad^k\in\partial^2g\big(v^k,\tfrac1\gamma(u^k-v^k)\big)(x^k-v^k+d^k),−γ1​(xk−vk)−Adk∈∂2g(vk,γ1​(uk−vk))(xk−vk+dk),

and set xk+1=xk+dkx^{k+1}=x^k+d^kxk+1=xk+dk.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.8

Let ggg be proper, prox-bounded and continuously prox-regular at a stationary point xˉ\bar xxˉ (0∈∂φ(xˉ)0\in\partial\varphi(\bar x)0∈∂φ(xˉ)) for −Axˉ−b-A\bar x-b−Axˉ−b with modulus rrr, and let ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ satisfy at (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0): (H1) solvability of −v∈∂2φ(x,v)(d)-v\in\partial^2\varphi(x,v)(d)−v∈∂2φ(x,v)(d) near (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0), (H2) metric regularity, (H3) semismoothness*. Then

∃γ0∈(0,r−1] ∀γ∈(0,γ0) with I−γA nonsingular ∃U∋xˉ: Algorithm 7.6 is well-defined from U,\exists\gamma_0\in(0,r^{-1}]\ \forall\gamma\in(0,\gamma_0)\ \text{with }I-\gamma A\text{ nonsingular}\ \exists U\ni\bar x:\ \text{Algorithm 7.6 is well-defined from }U,∃γ0​∈(0,r−1] ∀γ∈(0,γ0​) with I−γA nonsingular ∃U∋xˉ: Algorithm 7.6 is well-defined from U,

and every run from x0∈Ux^0\in Ux0∈U converges Q-superlinearly to xˉ\bar xxˉ.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 5.7: the same conclusion for the C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 Newton method −∇φ(xk)∈∂⟨dk,∇φ⟩(xk)-\nabla\varphi(x^k)\in\partial\langle d^k,\nabla\varphi\rangle(x^k)−∇φ(xk)∈∂⟨dk,∇φ⟩(xk).
  2. Proposition 7.2: near xˉ\bar xxˉ, the prox-gradient map is single-valued and Lipschitz, φγ\varphi_\gammaφγ​ is C1C^1C1 with ∇φγ(x)=γ−1(I−γ∇2f(x))(x−Prox⁡γg(x−γ∇f(x)))\nabla\varphi_\gamma(x)=\gamma^{-1}(I-\gamma\nabla^2f(x))(x-\operatorname{Prox}_{\gamma g}(x-\gamma\nabla f(x)))∇φγ​(x)=γ−1(I−γ∇2f(x))(x−Proxγg​(x−γ∇f(x))), and ∇φγ(x)=0  ⟺  0∈∂φ(x)\nabla\varphi_\gamma(x)=0\iff0\in\partial\varphi(x)∇φγ​(x)=0⟺0∈∂φ(x).
  3. Proposition 7.3: the generalized Hessian of φγ\varphi_\gammaφγ​ in terms of ∂2g\partial^2 g∂2g.
  4. Remark 7.7: a step of Algorithm 7.6 is a step of Algorithm 5.3 for φγ\varphi_\gammaφγ​.
  5. Proposition 7.4(i): ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ is metrically regular iff ∇φγ\nabla\varphi_\gamma∇φγ​ is.
  6. Proposition 7.5: semismoothness* of ∂g\partial g∂g passes to ∇φγ\nabla\varphi_\gamma∇φγ​.

Significance

The result gives a locally superlinear method for nonconvex composite problems that uses only first- and second-order information of the regularizer, and it replaces strong metric regularity, which forces isolated solutions, by metric regularity. The FBE reduction (Propositions 7.2–7.5) is reusable on its own: it identifies the stationary points, the generalized Hessian, and the regularity of a nonsmooth composite cost with those of a smooth function.

Formalizing it builds the first machine-checked library of coderivative calculus on Prove2Me: normal cones to graphs, limiting and directional coderivatives, second-order subdifferentials, metric regularity and semismoothness*. As far as the platform record shows, none of the paper's results has a machine-checked proof. The paper's proofs lean on second-order sum and chain rules from Mordukhovich's monograph and on Poliquin–Rockafellar's analysis of Moreau envelopes of prox-regular functions; those external results are part of the work.

Difficulty

The FBE of a nonconvex ggg is not globally smooth; its smoothness near xˉ\bar xxˉ comes from the local single-valuedness of Prox⁡γg\operatorname{Prox}_{\gamma g}Proxγg​, which prox-regularity provides only for small γ\gammaγ and only near xˉ−γ∇f(xˉ)\bar x-\gamma\nabla f(\bar x)xˉ−γ∇f(xˉ). The printed parameter range γ∈(0,r−1)\gamma\in(0,r^{-1})γ∈(0,r−1) is too large: a far-away deep well of ggg can capture the proximal point (see the correction below). Transferring (H1)–(H3) from ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ to ∇φγ\nabla\varphi_\gamma∇φγ​ requires exact second-order calculus (sum and chain rules for coderivatives), not inclusions, and metric regularity is not preserved by the obvious estimates: the paper uses a coderivative characterization. Finally, Theorem 5.7 itself requires an inexact Newton analysis in which the Newton inclusion is solved by an arbitrary element of a coderivative, not by a matrix.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); products carry the sup norm, which does not change any normal cone. A symmetric AAA is a self-adjoint continuous linear operator.
  • ggg and φ\varphiφ take values in EReal; ggg is assumed proper. The envelopes are EReal-valued infima; wherever φγ\varphi_\gammaφγ​ is differentiated, finiteness on a neighbourhood is asserted and the real-valued function is differentiated. ∇2f(x)\nabla^2 f(x)∇2f(x) is the derivative of gradient f.
  • ∂\partial∂ is the published analytic limiting subdifferential NonconvexSplitting.Shared.LimitingSubdiff. It agrees with the paper's geometric definition (2.9) for functions lower semicontinuous around the point, which covers every function the statements apply it to.
  • Metric regularity uses dist⁡(⋅;∅)=+∞\operatorname{dist}(\cdot;\emptyset)=+\inftydist(⋅;∅)=+∞. Directional normals read tk↓0t_k\downarrow0tk​↓0 as tk>0t_k>0tk​>0, tk→0t_k\to0tk​→0. For a C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 or C1C^1C1 function, ∂2φ(x)\partial^2\varphi(x)∂2φ(x) is the coderivative of the single-valued gradient map.
  • The proximal mapping is the argmin set; runs may select any proximal point and any direction solving the Newton inclusion; conclusions hold for every run. The stop rule is a constant tail. "Well-defined from UUU" means every partial run from UUU can be continued. Q-superlinear convergence is in ε\varepsilonε-form, which avoids the ratio 0/00/00/0.
  • Correction. Propositions 7.2–7.5, Remark 7.7 and Theorem 7.8 are claimed for every γ∈(0,r−1)\gamma\in(0,r^{-1})γ∈(0,r−1); that is false. For n=1n=1n=1, A=0A=0A=0, b=0b=0b=0 and g(y)=12y2g(y)=\tfrac12y^2g(y)=21​y2 on [−5,5][-5,5][−5,5], g(y)=−1000−∣y−10∣g(y)=-1000-|y-10|g(y)=−1000−∣y−10∣ on [9,11][9,11][9,11], +∞+\infty+∞ elsewhere (xˉ=0\bar x=0xˉ=0, r=1r=1r=1, γ=12\gamma=\tfrac12γ=21​), Prox⁡γg={9}\operatorname{Prox}_{\gamma g}=\{9\}Proxγg​={9} near 000 and every run jumps to the stationary point 999. All these items are posed as "there is γ0∈(0,r−1]\gamma_0\in(0,r^{-1}]γ0​∈(0,r−1] such that for every γ∈(0,γ0)\gamma\in(0,\gamma_0)γ∈(0,γ0​)", the range the cited Poliquin–Rockafellar theorem supports. Theorem 5.7 is posed as printed.
  • The goal cannot be trivialized: γ0>0\gamma_0>0γ0​>0 is asserted, the convergence is claimed for every run and every admissible γ\gammaγ below γ0\gamma_0γ0​, and the hypotheses are satisfied, for instance, by g=12∥⋅∥2g=\tfrac12\|\cdot\|^2g=21​∥⋅∥2. Specializing ggg to be convex, A=0A=0A=0, AAA positive definite, or xˉ\bar xxˉ a tilt-stable minimizer would change the theorem and is not accepted.
  • Needed infrastructure: limiting normal cones and coderivatives, their sum and chain rules for a smooth plus a set-valued map, the Mordukhovich criterion, Moreau envelopes of prox-regular functions (Poliquin–Rockafellar). These are reusable well beyond this mission; contributions of any of them as separate theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. D. Khanh, B. S. Mordukhovich, V. T. Phat, A Generalized Newton Method for Subgradient Systems, arXiv:2009.10551v2, 2022; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2009.10551
  • B. S. Mordukhovich, Variational Analysis and Generalized Differentiation I: Basic Theory, Springer, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-31247-1
  • R. A. Poliquin, R. T. Rockafellar, Prox-regular functions in variational analysis, Transactions of the AMS 348 (1996) 1805–1838. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-96-01544-9
  • H. Gfrerer, J. V. Outrata, On a semismooth* Newton method for solving generalized equations, SIAM Journal on Optimization 31 (2021) 489–517. https://doi.org/10.1137/19M1257408
  • P. Patrinos, A. Bemporad, Proximal Newton methods for convex composite optimization, IEEE CDC 2013. https://doi.org/10.1109/CDC.2013.6760233
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Managing Outpatient Service with Strategic Walk-ins I: With Total Capacity μ ≤ √(λC_D/(2R)), the Observable Scheduling Setting Costs No More Than the Unobservable OneResearch Paper

Motivation

Outpatient clinics serve two kinds of patients: those who book an appointment and those who walk in on the day. Many providers now run open-access or hybrid schedules, which reserve part of the day for walk-ins. Whether patients book or walk in depends on what they know about the appointment delay. Some clinics publish the next available slot in real time (online booking). Others take requests asynchronously, so patients act on a typical delay. Liu, van Jaarsveld, Wang and Xiao (SSRN 3558209; Management Science, 2023, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2023.4676) model this choice as a game between strategic patients and a provider who splits capacity between appointment and walk-in hours. This mission formalizes their first comparison result: when capacity is short, showing patients the exact delay is at least as good for the provider as hiding it.

The model extends Naor's observable-queue joining problem (Naor, Econometrica, 1969) to an M/D/1 appointment queue with a continuous delay threshold, and adds a walk-in channel whose waiting cost depends on congestion.

Setting

Demand. Strategic patients arrive as a Poisson process of rate λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 per day. Exogenous walk-ins arrive at rate λE≥0\lambda_E\ge0λE​≥0 and always walk in.

Capacity. The provider has total daily capacity μ>0\mu>0μ>0. It allocates μS\mu_SμS​ to appointment hours and μW=μ−μS\mu_W=\mu-\mu_SμW​=μ−μS​ to walk-in hours, with 0≤μS<μ0\le\mu_S<\mu0≤μS​<μ. Appointments form a single-server queue with deterministic service time 1/μS1/\mu_S1/μS​.

Utilities. Service is worth R>0R>0R>0. A patient who books with delay ddd gets R−CDdR-C_DdR−CD​d, where CD>0C_D>0CD​>0. A patient who walks in gets R−CW w(ρW)R-C_W\,w(\rho_W)R−CW​w(ρW​), where CW>0C_W>0CW​>0 and ρW\rho_WρW​ is the walk-in traffic intensity (walk-in arrivals divided by μW\mu_WμW​). Balking is worth 000. The function www is convex and strictly increasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with w(0)=0w(0)=0w(0)=0 (Assumption 1).

Provider cost. Each balking patient costs CL≥0C_L\ge0CL​≥0, and overtime costs CO o(ρW)C_O\,o(\rho_W)CO​o(ρW​) with CO≥0C_O\ge0CO​≥0, where ooo is convex and strictly increasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) (Assumption 2).

Observable setting. Each patient sees the exact delay (k+u~)/μS(k+\tilde u)/\mu_S(k+u~)/μS​, where kkk is the number waiting and u~\tilde uu~ is uniform on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. A strategy is a triple (δ,pW,pB)(\delta,p_W,p_B)(δ,pW​,pB​): book if the delay is at most δ\deltaδ, and otherwise walk in or balk with probabilities pWp_WpW​ and pBp_BpB​. The appointment queue is then the M/D/1/K−1+p queue with K=⌈δμS⌉K=\lceil\delta\mu_S\rceilK=⌈δμS​⌉ and p=δμS+1−Kp=\delta\mu_S+1-Kp=δμS​+1−K. Its blocking probability has the closed form

π(δ,μS)=1−1q0+ρ,ρ=λμS,\pi(\delta,\mu_S)=1-\frac{1}{q_0+\rho},\qquad \rho=\frac{\lambda}{\mu_S},π(δ,μS​)=1−q0​+ρ1​,ρ=μS​λ​,

where q0q_0q0​ is the probability that a departure leaves the system empty, given by Brun–Garcia sums of Poisson weights. An observable equilibrium satisfies conditions (6)–(10): booking is preferred to the walk-in/balk mixture exactly for delays up to δ\deltaδ; pW+pB=π(δ,μS)p_W+p_B=\pi(\delta,\mu_S)pW​+pB​=π(δ,μS​); and patients walk in only if walking in is worth at least 000, and balk only if it is worth at most 000. The cost is

Zo=CL pBλ+CO o(pWλ+λEμW).Z^o=C_L\,p_B\lambda+C_O\,o\Big(\frac{p_W\lambda+\lambda_E}{\mu_W}\Big).Zo=CL​pB​λ+CO​o(μW​pW​λ+λE​​).

Unobservable setting. Patients see only the expected M/D/1 delay dˉ=λS/(2μS(μS−λS))\bar d=\lambda_S/(2\mu_S(\mu_S-\lambda_S))dˉ=λS​/(2μS​(μS​−λS​)) and choose rates (λS,λW,λB)(\lambda_S,\lambda_W,\lambda_B)(λS​,λW​,λB​) that sum to λ\lambdaλ. An unobservable equilibrium uses only options of maximal utility among uS1=R−CDdˉu^1_S=R-C_D\bar duS1​=R−CD​dˉ, uW1=R−CWw((λW+λE)/μW)u^1_W=R-C_Ww((\lambda_W+\lambda_E)/\mu_W)uW1​=R−CW​w((λW​+λE​)/μW​) and 000. The cost is

Zu=CLλB+CO o(λW+λEμW).Z^u=C_L\lambda_B+C_O\,o\Big(\frac{\lambda_W+\lambda_E}{\mu_W}\Big).Zu=CL​λB​+CO​o(μW​λW​+λE​​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (1)

If

μ≤λCD2R,\mu\le\sqrt{\frac{\lambda C_D}{2R}},μ≤2RλCD​​​,

then for every allocation μS\mu_SμS​ and every unobservable equilibrium uuu at μS\mu_SμS​, there is an allocation μS′\mu'_SμS′​ at which an observable equilibrium exists and every observable equilibrium costs at most Zu(u)Z^u(u)Zu(u). Equivalently, the optimal observable cost is at most the optimal unobservable cost. The paper states "when μ\muμ is sufficiently small"; the threshold is the one its proof establishes.

Milestones

  1. (27), §C.1: the closed-form departure law q0,…,qKq_0,\dots,q_Kq0​,…,qK​ is a probability vector that solves the departure-epoch balance equations.
  2. Proof of Theorem 2(1): λ/(1+λ/μS)≤λ[1−π(δ,μS)]≤λ\lambda/(1+\lambda/\mu_S)\le\lambda[1-\pi(\delta,\mu_S)]\le\lambdaλ/(1+λ/μS​)≤λ[1−π(δ,μS​)]≤λ.
  3. Proposition C.2 (δ\deltaδ-part): π(⋅,μS)\pi(\cdot,\mu_S)π(⋅,μS​) is continuous and strictly decreasing.
  4. Proposition 1 (observable setting): an observable equilibrium exists at every allocation.
  5. Lemma D.3: an unobservable equilibrium exists at every allocation.
  6. Lemma E.5 (1): at a fixed allocation, if λ[1−π(dˉu,μS)]≥λSu\lambda[1-\pi(\bar d^u,\mu_S)]\ge\lambda^u_Sλ[1−π(dˉu,μS​)]≥λSu​, the observable setting costs no more.

Significance

The result says that real-time delay information helps a capacity-constrained provider. Patients who see a short queue book instead of balking, so the appointment hours are better used. The second part of Theorem 2 shows that the comparison can reverse when capacity is large, so the information choice depends on the regime. The small-capacity side is the one that applies to clinics without spare capacity.

The formalization also produces reusable queueing content. It gives a machine-checked closed form for the M/D/1/K−1+p queue with fractional buffer (Hassin–Haviv notation): its departure-epoch law, its blocking probability, and the monotonicity and continuity of that probability in the buffer. The paper's proofs are in its Online Appendix: E.3 for Lemma E.5 and Theorem 2, and E.4 for Appendix C. None of these results has a machine-checked proof.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fixes an optimal unobservable allocation and compares both settings there. That argument has three gaps. First, the existence of an optimum of (Un.P) is never proved, so the comparison has to work at every allocation. Second, the same-allocation comparison (Lemma E.5) is a three-by-three case analysis over the equilibrium regimes (schedule-balk, schedule-walk-balk, schedule-walk) of the two settings. One printed case concludes the opposite inequality; under the lemma's hypothesis that case forces equal costs. Third, the closed-form blocking probability is an alternating sum. Its positivity, its bound q0≤1q_0\le1q0​≤1 and its monotonicity across the seams where ⌈δμS⌉\lceil\delta\mu_S\rceil⌈δμS​⌉ jumps are not visible term by term. Existence of the observable equilibrium needs an intermediate-value argument through the continuity of π\piπ in δ\deltaδ.

Formalization scope

Everything lives in the namespace OutpatientWalkIn.SmallCap, in two definition modules.

  • MD1Queue holds the Poisson weights, the aja_jaj​ recursion (one clause for j≥1j\ge1j≥1), bjb_jbj​, aK′a'_KaK′​ of (26), the departure law (27), αj′\alpha'_jαj′​ of (24) and π(δ,μS)\pi(\delta,\mu_S)π(δ,μS​).
  • Setting holds the model, the standing assumptions, both equilibrium notions and both costs.

The conventions are the following.

  • Disengagement cost. CGC_GCG​ is not a parameter. The observable (CG=0C_G=0CG​=0) and unobservable (CG=+∞C_G=+\inftyCG​=+∞) settings are defined directly, as Lemmas 4 and 6 and Appendices D.3 and D.5 reduce them.
  • Standing assumptions. λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, λE≥0\lambda_E\ge0λE​≥0, R,CD,CW>0R,C_D,C_W>0R,CD​,CW​>0, CL,CO≥0C_L,C_O\ge0CL​,CO​≥0, μ>0\mu>0μ>0, and Assumptions 1–2 on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The paper leaves the signs other than R,CD,CW>0R,C_D,C_W>0R,CD​,CW​>0 implicit.
  • Allocations. 0≤μS<μ0\le\mu_S<\mu0≤μS​<μ, so the walk-in intensity never divides by 000.
  • No appointment capacity. π(δ,0)=1\pi(\delta,0)=1π(δ,0)=1. In the unobservable setting, μS=0\mu_S=0μS​=0 forces λS=0\lambda_S=0λS​=0 and drops uS1u^1_SuS1​ from the comparisons.
  • Stability. An unobservable equilibrium must have λS<μS\lambda_S<\mu_SλS​<μS​, so the junk value of (18) at λS≥μS\lambda_S\ge\mu_SλS​≥μS​ never enters.
  • Mixture weights. The observable equilibrium requires pW+pB>0p_W+p_B>0pW​+pB​>0, which (8) implies.
  • Formula branches. (1−p)−n(1-p)^{-n}(1−p)−n is written ((1−p)n)−1((1-p)^n)^{-1}((1−p)n)−1, and the branches p=1p=1p=1 and p<1p<1p<1 are separate.
  • Costs less. It means ≤\le≤ (p. 26).

A trivializing formalization is ruled out on four counts: π\piπ is the paper's closed form, not an assumed function; the goal quantifies over every unobservable equilibrium and every observable equilibrium at the chosen allocation; no infimum over a possibly empty set appears; and both equilibrium sets are nonempty (milestones 4 and 5).

The infrastructure needed is elementary real analysis and finite sums. Contributions are welcome on the queue lemmas (positivity of aja_jaj​ and aK′a'_KaK′​, the bound q0≤1q_0\le1q0​≤1, continuity across seams), which are reusable for any finite-buffer M/D/1 model. The companion mission on the triage model uses the same encoding.

Selected references

  • N. Liu, W. van Jaarsveld, S. Wang, G. Xiao, Managing Outpatient Service with Strategic Walk-ins, Management Science, 2023 (SSRN copy of 2022-07-05). https://ssrn.com/abstract=3558209, https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.4676
  • P. Naor, The Regulation of Queue Size by Levying Tolls, Econometrica 37(1), 1969. https://doi.org/10.2307/1909200
  • O. Brun, J.-M. Garcia, Analytical Solution of Finite Capacity M/D/1 Queues, Journal of Applied Probability 37(4), 2000. https://doi.org/10.1239/jap/1014843085
  • R. Hassin, M. Haviv, To Queue or Not to Queue: Equilibrium Behavior in Queueing Systems, Kluwer, 1997 (2003 ed.). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4615-0359-0
9 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Accelerability vs. Scalability: R&D Investment Under Financial Constraints and Competition I: Comparative Statics of an Unconstrained Monopoly's Optimal R&D IntensityResearch Paper

Motivation

Firms deciding how much to spend on research and development face two different kinds of return to spending. More money can make the eventual innovation more valuable, or it can make the innovation arrive sooner. Lin (Management Science, 2022, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.4503) calls these two properties scalability and accelerability, and shows that they predict how R&D intensity responds to financing frictions and to competition. The benchmark of the whole paper is a single financially unconstrained firm with no rival. Its comparative statics, Proposition 1 of the paper, are what the constrained and competitive cases are compared against, and they already contain one of the paper's headline observations: a higher interest rate raises the optimal R&D intensity exactly when the project is accelerable.

Setting

A technology is a tuple T=(A,β,η,γ)T=(A,\beta,\eta,\gamma)T=(A,β,η,γ). At investment intensity RRR (spending per unit of time), the expected payoff of the innovation and the arrival rate of discovery are

u(R)=A Rβ,λ(R)=η Rγ,u(R)=A\,R^{\beta},\qquad \lambda(R)=\eta\,R^{\gamma},u(R)=ARβ,λ(R)=ηRγ,

with the standing assumptions A>0A>0A>0, η>0\eta>0η>0, β,γ∈[0,1)\beta,\gamma\in[0,1)β,γ∈[0,1) and β+γ<1\beta+\gamma<1β+γ<1 (decreasing returns to scale). The project is scalable if u′>0u'>0u′>0, here β>0\beta>0β>0, and accelerable if λ′>0\lambda'>0λ′>0, here γ>0\gamma>0γ>0. Intensities are bounded below by R‾=1\underline R=1R​=1.

The firm discounts at rate r>0r>0r>0. The discovery time τd\tau_dτd​ is exponentially distributed with rate λ(R)\lambda(R)λ(R); the firm pays RRR per unit of time until τd\tau_dτd​ and then receives u(R)u(R)u(R). Its R&D value at intensity RRR is

Π(R)=E[e−rτd u(R)−R∫0τde−rt dt].\Pi(R)=\mathbb E\Big[e^{-r\tau_d}\,u(R)-R\int_0^{\tau_d}e^{-rt}\,dt\Big].Π(R)=E[e−rτd​u(R)−R∫0τd​​e−rtdt].

Lemma 1 of the paper identifies this with the perpetuity value

V(R)=u(R)λ(R)−Rλ(R)+r.(5)V(R)=\frac{u(R)\lambda(R)-R}{\lambda(R)+r}. \tag{5}V(R)=λ(R)+ru(R)λ(R)−R​.(5)

The value is positive only below Rˉ=(Aη)1/(1−(β+γ))\bar R=(A\eta)^{1/(1-(\beta+\gamma))}Rˉ=(Aη)1/(1−(β+γ)), so the firm chooses RRR from the range [R‾,Rˉ]=[1,Rˉ][\underline R,\bar R]=[1,\bar R][R​,Rˉ]=[1,Rˉ] of (7). The optimal intensity set is

Ruc∗={R∈[1,Rˉ]: Π(R′)≤Π(R) for all R′∈[1,Rˉ]}.R^*_{uc}=\{R\in[1,\bar R]:\ \Pi(R')\le\Pi(R)\ \text{for all } R'\in[1,\bar R]\}.Ruc∗​={R∈[1,Rˉ]: Π(R′)≤Π(R) for all R′∈[1,Rˉ]}.

Its comparative statics are studied through ln⁡V(R)=ln⁡(uλ−R)−ln⁡(λ+r)\ln V(R)=\ln(u\lambda-R)-\ln(\lambda+r)lnV(R)=ln(uλ−R)−ln(λ+r).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 5)

For a set S′S'S′ to lie above a set SSS means: every x∈Sx\in Sx∈S and y∈S′y\in S'y∈S′ satisfy x≤yx\le yx≤y, and x<yx<yx<y whenever x>R‾x>\underline Rx>R​. The goal states that Ruc∗R^*_{uc}Ruc∗​ is nonempty and

  1. if β=γ=0\beta=\gamma=0β=γ=0 then Ruc∗={R‾}R^*_{uc}=\{\underline R\}Ruc∗​={R​};
  2. if β>0\beta>0β>0 or γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, then Ruc∗R^*_{uc}Ruc∗​ at A′>AA'>AA′>A lies above Ruc∗R^*_{uc}Ruc∗​ at AAA;
  3. if β>0\beta>0β>0, then Ruc∗R^*_{uc}Ruc∗​ at β′>β\beta'>\betaβ′>β (with β′+γ<1\beta'+\gamma<1β′+γ<1) lies above Ruc∗R^*_{uc}Ruc∗​ at β\betaβ;
  4. if γ=0<β\gamma=0<\betaγ=0<β, then Ruc∗R^*_{uc}Ruc∗​ at η′>η\eta'>\etaη′>η lies above Ruc∗R^*_{uc}Ruc∗​ at η\etaη;
  5. if γ=0\gamma=0γ=0, Ruc∗R^*_{uc}Ruc∗​ does not depend on rrr; if γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, Ruc∗R^*_{uc}Ruc∗​ at r′>rr'>rr′>r lies above Ruc∗R^*_{uc}Ruc∗​ at rrr.

Milestones (p. 5 and Appendix A.2, p. 18)

  • Lemma 1 (5): Π(R)=V(R)\Pi(R)=V(R)Π(R)=V(R) for every R>0R>0R>0.
  • Without accelerability and with Aβη≥1A\beta\eta\ge1Aβη≥1: Ruc∗={(1/Aβη)1/(β−1)}R^*_{uc}=\{(1/A\beta\eta)^{1/(\beta-1)}\}Ruc∗​={(1/Aβη)1/(β−1)}, a formula free of rrr.
  • The cross partials of ln⁡V\ln VlnV on 1≤R1\le R1≤R, uλ>Ru\lambda>Ruλ>R:
∂2ln⁡V∂R ∂A=λ(λu−R)2∂u∂A(1−β−γ)>0,∂2ln⁡V∂R ∂r=λ′(λ+r)2,\frac{\partial^2\ln V}{\partial R\,\partial A}=\frac{\lambda}{(\lambda u-R)^2}\frac{\partial u}{\partial A}(1-\beta-\gamma)>0,\qquad \frac{\partial^2\ln V}{\partial R\,\partial r}=\frac{\lambda'}{(\lambda+r)^2},∂R∂A∂2lnV​=(λu−R)2λ​∂A∂u​(1−β−γ)>0,∂R∂r∂2lnV​=(λ+r)2λ′​,

together with (A.3) in β\betaβ and (A.4) in η\etaη, with the signs the paper states.

Significance

Proposition 1 is the reference point for the rest of the paper: Proposition 2 (financially constrained monopoly), Corollary 1 (constrained firms under-invest without accelerability) and Propositions 3–4 (R&D races) are all read against it. Two of its clauses are not what a reader would guess. The speed factor η\etaη has an unambiguous effect only when the project is not accelerable, because for accelerable projects a higher η\etaη also raises the marginal cost of expanding RRR through the heavier effective discount rate λ+r\lambda+rλ+r (p. 5). And the interest rate raises intensity for accelerable projects: in the paper's words (p. 5), "a higher rrr reduces the marginal cost of expanding RucR_{uc}Ruc​ through the discount rate."

The paper proves Proposition 1 in Appendix A.2 with an informal appeal to Topkis's monotonicity theorem; the result has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it makes three things explicit that the printed proof leaves implicit: the expectation-to-perpetuity identity (5) for an exponential discovery time, the domain on which ln⁡V\ln VlnV is defined and has increasing differences, and the fact that the range [1,Rˉ][1,\bar R][1,Rˉ] itself moves with AAA, β\betaβ and η\etaη. The derivative claims of the paper are also made precise for optima that need not be unique or interior.

Difficulty

The statement is about an optimal set, and the parameter moves both the objective and the feasible range. The first obstacle is that the paper's derivative form ∂Ruc∗/∂s>0\partial R^*_{uc}/\partial s>0∂Ruc∗​/∂s>0 is false as printed when the optimum sits at the corner R‾\underline RR​: with γ=0\gamma=0γ=0, β=0.1\beta=0.1β=0.1, η=1\eta=1η=1, r=1r=1r=1 and A∈{2,2.2}A\in\{2,2.2\}A∈{2,2.2} the optimum is 111 in both cases. Any proof therefore has to separate corner optima from interior ones. The second is that ln⁡V\ln VlnV is only defined where uλ>Ru\lambda>Ruλ>R; the increasing-differences inequalities hold there, but the comparison of two optima at two parameter values can pass through points where the value at one of the parameters is not positive. The third is that VVV is not concave in general, so first-order conditions alone do not identify the optimal set.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in the namespace AccelScal.UCMonopoly. Lean conventions:

  • A Tech structure with fields A β η γ : ℝ; Tech.Standing bundles (2) and the added condition Aη>1A\eta>1Aη>1, which the paper expresses as "conditional on investment taking place" (p. 5) and which makes the value at R‾\underline RR​ positive and the range nondegenerate. The discount rate is a separate hypothesis r>0r>0r>0.
  • uuu, λ\lambdaλ and Rˉ\bar RRˉ use real powers (Real.rpow); every statement keeps R≥1R\ge1R≥1 (or R>0R>0R>0 for Lemma 1).
  • The R&D value ucPayoff is the expectation (4) under ProbabilityTheory.expMeasure (λ R), with the random payoff u~\tilde uu~ replaced by its mean u(R)u(R)u(R) and the cash-flow term of (4), which does not depend on RRR, dropped.
  • RstarUC T r is the set of maximizers of ucPayoff T r over Set.Icc 1 (Rbar T), the range of the same parameters.
  • "∂Ruc∗/∂s>0\partial R^*_{uc}/\partial s>0∂Ruc∗​/∂s>0" is OrderedAbove: weak order between all optima, strict when the smaller optimum exceeds 111. "∂Ruc∗/∂r=0\partial R^*_{uc}/\partial r=0∂Ruc∗​/∂r=0" is equality of the sets.
  • u′=0⇔β=0u'=0\Leftrightarrow\beta=0u′=0⇔β=0 and λ′=0⇔γ=0\lambda'=0\Leftrightarrow\gamma=0λ′=0⇔γ=0 on R≥1R\ge1R≥1, so the hypotheses are stated on β\betaβ, γ\gammaγ.
  • The cross partials ∂2ln⁡V/∂R ∂s\partial^2\ln V/\partial R\,\partial s∂2lnV/∂R∂s are the sss-derivative of the RRR-derivative, on 1≤R1\le R1≤R, R<u(R)λ(R)R<u(R)\lambda(R)R<u(R)λ(R).

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the value is defined as an expectation, not by the closed form (5); the optimal set is a set of maximizers, never a selected optimum or a closed-form formula; nonemptiness is part of the goal, so no clause is vacuous; the range moves with the parameter; and every ordering keeps its strict part at interior optima.

Not posed: Lemma 1 (6) (the financially constrained value, which needs the first passage of a geometric Brownian motion), (A.5) (Proposition 1 makes no claim about γ\gammaγ), and a sign of (A.4) for γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 (the paper says it cannot be signed). A complete development needs the Laplace transform of the exponential law, derivatives of real powers and logarithms, and a monotone comparative statics argument on intervals; a reusable lemma of the form "strictly increasing differences on a moving interval domain orders the argmax sets" would serve other missions as well. Contributions of any of the milestones, or of such general lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Lin, Accelerability vs. Scalability: R&D Investment Under Financial Constraints and Competition, Management Science, Articles in Advance, 2022. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4503
  • D. M. Topkis, Minimizing a submodular function on a lattice, Operations Research 26(2), 1978. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.26.2.305
  • X. Vives, Oligopoly Pricing: Old Ideas and New Tools, MIT Press, 1999. https://mitpress.mit.edu/9780262720403/
  • S. Athey, Monotone comparative statics under uncertainty, Quarterly Journal of Economics 117(1), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1162/003355302753399481
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Marketplace Leakage 2: Optimal Investment in Transaction Benefits Decreases in Its Cost and Is First Constant, Then Decreasing, Then Increasing in Switching CostsResearch Paper

Why marketplaces worry about leakage

Online marketplaces for services (home repair, tutoring, beauty appointments, freelancing) earn a fee on each transaction they intermediate. After a buyer has found a seller on the marketplace, both sides can often complete the transaction, or the next one, off the platform and avoid the fee. This leakage (also called disintermediation) is a central constraint on how such platforms price, and platforms respond to it in several ways: lower fees, bans on exchanging contact details, price-parity clauses, and investment in features that make transacting on the platform itself more valuable (payment protection, scheduling, reminders, dispute handling).

A. Hagiu and J. Wright, Marketplace Leakage (Management Science, 2023), build a minimal model of a marketplace, a seller and buyers with heterogeneous costs of buying directly, and compare these responses. This mission formalizes the paper's analysis of the last one: investing in transaction benefits (§5.1 and Proposition 2).

Setting

There is one marketplace MMM, one seller SSS and a unit mass of buyers who each want one unit of SSS's product. Every buyer values the product at vvv; SSS's marginal cost is ccc, with c<vc < vc<v; the outside option is worth 000. A buyer who buys directly from SSS instead of through MMM bears a switching cost sss, drawn from the uniform distribution on [0,μ][0,\mu][0,μ] with μ>0\mu > 0μ>0:

G(s)=min⁡{max⁡{s/μ,0},1}.G(s) = \min\{\max\{s/\mu, 0\}, 1\}.G(s)=min{max{s/μ,0},1}.

The marketplace first chooses a transaction benefit b≥0b \ge 0b≥0, which buyers receive when they buy on MMM, at cost K(b)=k2b2K(b) = \tfrac{k}{2} b^2K(b)=2k​b2 with k>0k > 0k>0, and a per-transaction fee fff. Following the paper (p. 12), the marketplace's feasible choices are b≥0b \ge 0b≥0 and b≤f≤v−c+bb \le f \le v - c + bb≤f≤v−c+b. Given (b,f)(b,f)(b,f), the seller lists on MMM at price pm=v+bp_m = v + bpm​=v+b and sets a direct price pd≤vp_d \le vpd​≤v to maximize

πb(f,pd)=(pd−c) G(v−pd)+(v+b−c−f) (1−G(v−pd)).\pi_b(f,p_d) = (p_d - c)\,G(v - p_d) + (v + b - c - f)\,\bigl(1 - G(v - p_d)\bigr).πb​(f,pd​)=(pd​−c)G(v−pd​)+(v+b−c−f)(1−G(v−pd​)).

The leakage is G(v−pd)G(v - p_d)G(v−pd​), the share of buyers who buy directly. The marketplace earns

Π(b,f,pd)=f (1−G(v−pd))−k2b2.\Pi(b,f,p_d) = f\,\bigl(1 - G(v - p_d)\bigr) - \tfrac{k}{2} b^2 .Π(b,f,pd​)=f(1−G(v−pd​))−2k​b2.

An optimum is a triple (b,f,pd)(b,f,p_d)(b,f,pd​) with (b,f)(b,f)(b,f) feasible, pdp_dpd​ seller-optimal at (b,f)(b,f)(b,f), and no feasible (b′,f′)(b',f')(b′,f′) with seller-optimal pd′p_d'pd′​ giving the marketplace more. The Lean development uses the same letters: G μ s, sProfitB, IsSOptB, MProfitB, leakage, IsOpt, and the threshold

μˉ=v−c2+14k+(v−c2)2+116k2(muBar).\bar\mu = \frac{v-c}{2} + \frac{1}{4k} + \sqrt{\Bigl(\frac{v-c}{2}\Bigr)^2 + \frac{1}{16k^2}} \quad (\texttt{muBar}).μˉ​=2v−c​+4k1​+(2v−c​)2+16k21​​(muBar).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2 (p. 12)

An optimum exists, and at every optimum

b∗={1/kμ≤1/(2k),1/(2k−1/(2μ))1/(2k)≤μ≤μˉ,1/k−(v−c)/(2kμ)μ≥μˉ.b^* = \begin{cases} 1/k & \mu \le 1/(2k), \\ 1/\bigl(2k - 1/(2\mu)\bigr) & 1/(2k) \le \mu \le \bar\mu, \\ 1/k - (v-c)/(2k\mu) & \mu \ge \bar\mu. \end{cases}b∗=⎩⎨⎧​1/k1/(2k−1/(2μ))1/k−(v−c)/(2kμ)​μ≤1/(2k),1/(2k)≤μ≤μˉ​,μ≥μˉ​.​

Moreover b∗b^*b∗ is strictly decreasing in kkk; for fixed kkk it is constant in μ\muμ on (0,1/(2k)](0, 1/(2k)](0,1/(2k)] (with zero leakage there), strictly decreasing on [1/(2k),μˉ][1/(2k), \bar\mu][1/(2k),μˉ​] (with strictly increasing leakage), and strictly increasing on [μˉ,∞)[\bar\mu, \infty)[μˉ​,∞) (with strictly decreasing leakage).

Milestones (Appendix §8.3, pp. 34–37)

  1. The seller's optimal direct price: pd∗(f)=v−μp_d^*(f) = v - \mupd∗​(f)=v−μ if f≥b+2μf \ge b + 2\muf≥b+2μ and v−(f−b)/2v - (f-b)/2v−(f−b)/2 if b≤f≤b+2μb \le f \le b + 2\mub≤f≤b+2μ (p. 34).
  2. The marketplace's profit Π(b,f)\Pi(b,f)Π(b,f) at that response (p. 34).
  3. The value Π(b)\Pi(b)Π(b) of the inner maximization over fff, in three regimes (p. 35).
  4. μˉ>max⁡{v−c,1/(2k)}\bar\mu > \max\{v-c, 1/(2k)\}μˉ​>max{v−c,1/(2k)}, and the translation of the thresholds on kkk into thresholds on μ\muμ (pp. 36–37).
  5. The equilibrium fee, direct price and profit in the three regimes (p. 37).

Significance

Proposition 2 says that a marketplace's investment against leakage is non-monotone in how costly leakage is for buyers. When switching costs are small, the marketplace invests enough (b∗=1/kb^* = 1/kb∗=1/k) to remove leakage entirely and charges a fee equal to the benefit. For intermediate switching costs it tolerates growing leakage and invests less. For large switching costs, where the fee is pinned at the seller's participation constraint, it again invests more as leakage falls. Leakage itself is zero, then rising, then falling in switching costs, so the comparative static that matters for platform design (how much leakage to tolerate) is not monotone in the parameter that measures how attached buyers are to the platform.

The result is proved in the paper by an explicit case analysis. As far as known, it has no machine-checked proof. A complete formalization certifies the closed forms, the joint optimality over (b,f)(b,f)(b,f) (not just the first-order conditions), and the strictness of each comparative-static claim, including across the regime boundaries 1/(2k)1/(2k)1/(2k) and μˉ\bar\muμˉ​, which the paper treats as "easily seen".

Difficulty

Every step is elementary, but the obvious argument through first-order conditions is incomplete. For fixed bbb the inner problem in fff has a kink at f=b+2μf = b + 2\muf=b+2μ and corners at f=bf = bf=b and f=v−c+bf = v - c + bf=v−c+b, so Π(b)\Pi(b)Π(b) is piecewise with three regimes. Π(b)\Pi(b)Π(b) is not concave when k<1/(4μ)k < 1/(4\mu)k<1/(4μ) and μ>v−c\mu > v - cμ>v−c: its derivative first decreases, then increases, then decreases, and showing that b∗=1/kb^* = 1/kb∗=1/k is the unique global maximizer requires comparing values across the pieces. The paper's case split is on kkk for fixed μ\muμ; the proposition is stated in μ\muμ for fixed kkk, and translating one into the other needs the root structure of a quadratic in μ\muμ. Strict monotonicity in kkk has to hold across regime changes, where the formula for b∗b^*b∗ changes.

Formalization scope

  • Primitives. Real parameters v,c,μ,kv, c, \mu, kv,c,μ,k with standing hypotheses c<vc < vc<v, μ>0\mu > 0μ>0, k>0k > 0k>0 (pp. 5, 9, 12). Nothing is assumed about the sign of ccc.
  • Reduced game. The statements use the seller's reduced problem written after Lemma 1 (pm=v+bp_m = v + bpm​=v+b, pd≤vp_d \le vpd​≤v), as the paper does. Lemma 1 itself is not posed: as printed it holds only up to payoff-equivalent choices of pmp_mpm​.
  • Feasible set. b≥0b \ge 0b≥0, b≤f≤v−c+bb \le f \le v - c + bb≤f≤v−c+b, exactly as in the paper's Π∗\Pi^*Π∗ (p. 12).
  • Distribution. GGG is the clamped uniform CDF; its kinks carry the case analysis.
  • Optimality. The seller's response is the predicate IsSOptB; the marketplace's optimum is the predicate IsOpt over the joint choice (b,f)(b,f)(b,f). No closed form for pd∗p_d^*pd∗​, f∗f^*f∗ or b∗b^*b∗ is a definition; "max" is stated by attainment (IsGreatest), never by an unattained supremum. Comparative statics compare optimal choices at two parameter values, not formulas.
  • One printed slip is corrected: the third case of Π(b)\Pi(b)Π(b) (p. 35) is used only for b≤2μ−2(v−c)b \le 2\mu - 2(v-c)b≤2μ−2(v−c); with the printed max⁡{⋅,0}\max\{\cdot, 0\}max{⋅,0} it would wrongly apply at b=0b = 0b=0 when μ<v−c\mu < v - cμ<v−c. The third case of Π(b,f)\Pi(b,f)Π(b,f) (p. 34) is the second at f=bf = bf=b and is not stated separately.

A formalization that defined b∗b^*b∗ or the seller's response by its cases, stated the comparative statics about the closed-form formulas alone, or replaced "max" by an unattained supremum would trivialize the mission and is ruled out. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and reusable lemmas on maximizing piecewise quadratics.

Selected references

  • A. Hagiu, J. Wright, Marketplace Leakage, Management Science, 2023. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.4757 (formalized from the authors' manuscript dated March 2023).
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

How Advance Sales Can Reduce Profits: When to Buy, When to Sell, and What Price to Charge: The Profit-Maximizing Price and Induced Arrival Rates Under High DemandResearch Paper

Why advance sales matter

A seller with scarce stock may offer a product before its main selling period. This gives buyers another chance to obtain it, but it can also alter when they compete for the stock. The seller must choose a price while anticipating that buyers respond to both the price and the chance that the unit will already be gone. Glazer, Hassin, and Nowik study this interaction for a single unit and strategic Poisson arrivals in their 2023 paper. Their high-demand model leads to an unusual comparative static: in the regime where buyers arrive in both periods, raising the price increases the total arrival rate (Theorem 1, p. 12). The eventual profit-maximizing price nevertheless induces arrivals in only one period (Theorems 3–4, pp. 13–15).

The two-period arrival game

The seller has one unit and posts one price for two selling periods. Potential buyers are identical and each chooses to try to buy early, try to buy late, or stay away. A buyer pays an arrival cost even if the unit is unavailable. The good is worth less to a buyer who obtains it early. If several buyers arrive while the unit is available, each has the same chance of receiving it. The number choosing each period follows a Poisson arrival model; write xxx and yyy for the early and late equilibrium arrival rates. These are expected counts, not probabilities, and may exceed one.

Divide monetary values by the positive arrival cost. Let vvv be the normalized late value, k>0k>0k>0 the penalty for early purchase, and p≥0p\ge0p≥0 the single normalized price. Set ϕ(0)=1\phi(0)=1ϕ(0)=1 and ϕ(z)=(1−e−z)/z\phi(z)=(1-e^{-z})/zϕ(z)=(1−e−z)/z for z≠0z\ne0z=0. The two arrival utilities and the seller's expected profit are

u1=−1+(v−p−k)ϕ(x),u2=−1+e−x(v−p)ϕ(y),π=p(1−e−(x+y)).u_1=-1+(v-p-k)\phi(x),\qquad u_2=-1+e^{-x}(v-p)\phi(y),\qquad \pi=p(1-e^{-(x+y)}).u1​=−1+(v−p−k)ϕ(x),u2​=−1+e−x(v−p)ϕ(y),π=p(1−e−(x+y)).

The factor e−xe^{-x}e−x in u2u_2u2​ is the chance that no early buyer takes the unit. The value ϕ(0)=1\phi(0)=1ϕ(0)=1 is the continuous limit of the competition factor, so a buyer considering arrival when nobody else arrives still faces the correct utility. In the paper's high-potential-demand limit (§5, p. 10), an equilibrium has x,y≥0x,y\ge0x,y≥0 and satisfies complementarity: a period with a positive arrival rate has utility zero, while a period with zero arrivals offers nonpositive utility to a buyer who considers entering. This selects the paper's equilibrium types 1–4. The finite-demand equilibria in which every potential buyer tries to arrive are outside this mission.

Several thresholds have precise definitions. The principal Lambert function W[a]W[a]W[a] is the inverse of w↦weww\mapsto we^ww↦wew on w≥−1w\ge-1w≥−1 (Definition 11, p. 26). Put W=W[−(k+1)e−(k+1)]W=W[-(k+1)e^{-(k+1)}]W=W[−(k+1)e−(k+1)]. The border v(k)>1v(k)>1v(k)>1 between mixed and early-only arrivals solves k=v(k)−ln⁡v(k)/(1−1/v(k))k=v(k)-\ln v(k)/(1-1/v(k))k=v(k)−lnv(k)/(1−1/v(k)) (p. 11). The switching threshold vf>k+1v_f>k+1vf​>k+1 is the larger root of fk(v)=(1−v/(k+1))W−ln⁡(v−k)f_k(v)=(1-v/(k+1))W-\ln(v-k)fk​(v)=(1−v/(k+1))W−ln(v−k) (Definitions 24 and 26, pp. 42–43).

Formalization targets

The goal is the four-case price rule of Theorem 4 (p. 15). It identifies a profit-maximizing price p∗p^*p∗, its equilibrium rates (x,y)(x,y)(x,y), and the greatest attainable expected profit π∗\pi^*π∗ over all nonnegative prices:

(p∗,x,y,π∗)={(any p≥0,0,0,0),v<1,(v−ln⁡v1−1/v,0,ln⁡v,v−1−ln⁡v),1<v≤eW+k+1,(v−k−1,0,W+k+1,(v−k−1)(1−e−(W+k+1))),eW+k+1<v≤vf,(v−k−ln⁡(v−k)1−1/(v−k),ln⁡(v−k),0,v−k−1−ln⁡(v−k)),v>vf.(p^*,x,y,\pi^*)= \begin{cases} (\text{any }p\ge0,0,0,0),&v<1,\\ \left(v-\frac{\ln v}{1-1/v},0,\ln v,v-1-\ln v\right),&1<v\le e^{W+k+1},\\ \left(v-k-1,0,W+k+1,(v-k-1)(1-e^{-(W+k+1)})\right),&e^{W+k+1}<v\le v_f,\\ \left(v-k-\frac{\ln(v-k)}{1-1/(v-k)},\ln(v-k),0,v-k-1-\ln(v-k)\right),&v>v_f. \end{cases}(p∗,x,y,π∗)=⎩⎨⎧​(any p≥0,0,0,0),(v−1−1/vlnv​,0,lnv,v−1−lnv),(v−k−1,0,W+k+1,(v−k−1)(1−e−(W+k+1))),(v−k−1−1/(v−k)ln(v−k)​,ln(v−k),0,v−k−1−ln(v−k)),​v<1,1<v≤eW+k+1,eW+k+1<v≤vf​,v>vf​.​

The printed formula in the second case has a removable 0/00/00/0 at v=1v=1v=1; this mission states that case for v>1v>1v>1 and states the boundary v=1v=1v=1 separately: there every nonnegative price induces zero arrival rates (so λ2=ln⁡1\lambda_2=\ln 1λ2​=ln1) and the optimal profit is π2=0\pi_2=0π2​=0. A displayed price is a maximizer: the paper's candidates can tie at v=vfv=v_fv=vf​. The milestones cover equilibrium existence and uniqueness (Proposition 9), the regional Lambert-function formulas (Theorem 14), the mixed-arrival comparative statics (Theorem 1 and Corollary 2), and the candidate-profit comparisons and thresholds (Propositions 20–21 and Lemmas 22, 25, 29).

What the result provides

The theorem tells the seller which price and arrival pattern correspond to each value regime. It also gives an exact benchmark for comparing the option to sell early with selling only in the later period. In this model, offering an early period never raises the maximal profit above the late-only benchmark, a consequence discussed in Corollary 5 and Theorem 6 (p. 15). The price rule is proved in the paper; the work here is to give its model, boundaries, regional lemmas, and global optimality claim machine-checkable statements and ultimately proofs. The mission statements are compiled Lean targets with proof placeholders, not completed machine-checked proofs.

Why the optimization is difficult

A higher price usually suggests fewer buyers. Here an early arrival can remove the only unit before the late period. In the mixed-arrival region a price increase changes the early rate and therefore changes the late buyer's chance of finding stock. The total rate can rise even as the early rate falls. The seller's profit also depends on the price times a sale probability, and its regional price formulas do not automatically give a global maximum. The proof must account for each regional border and compare the relevant candidates; the Lambert formulas and the switching root make those comparisons explicit in the paper.

Formalization scope

Lean uses real parameters v,k,p,x,yv,k,p,x,yv,k,p,x,y in units of the arrival cost. The standing assumptions k>0k>0k>0 and p≥0p\ge0p≥0 are explicit. The potential-demand limit is encoded directly by the utility complementarity conditions, and profit ranges over every price and every equilibrium satisfying them. The goal uses IsGreatest together with attainment at the displayed price, so it asserts an actual global maximum. The paper's WWW, vfv_fvf​, and v(k)v(k)v(k) are defined from their characterizing equations on the principal branch and the stated root domains; they are not free parameters. The statements guard the logarithms and quotients that arise at v=1v=1v=1 and v−k=1v-k=1v−k=1. The separate region listings in the paper differ at some harmless boundaries, so each milestone uses the borders relevant to its own statement.

A valid formalization must keep ϕ(0)=1\phi(0)=1ϕ(0)=1, define equilibrium through utility conditions rather than through the claimed closed forms, and compare profit across every nonnegative price. Otherwise the equilibrium and optimality results could become empty or immediate by definition. The reusable work includes the continuous Poisson competition factor, Lambert-function interface, and precise handling of attained extrema. The mission covers one unit and high potential demand; the paper's multiple-unit numerical section and finite-demand equilibrium types are separate topics.

Selected references

  • A. Glazer, R. Hassin, and I. Nowik, How Advance Sales Can Reduce Profits: When to Buy, When to Sell, and What Price to Charge, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2023. arXiv:1912.02869v2
11 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Sample-Driven Optimal Stopping: From the Secretary Problem to the i.i.d. Prophet Inequality II: The Optimal Competitive Ratio Tends to the i.i.d. Prophet Constant as p Tends to 1Research Paper

Motivation

Optimal stopping with samples sits between two classical problems. In the secretary problem a decision maker sees items in random order, knows nothing about their values, and must stop on one; the best guarantee is 1/e1/e1/e. In the i.i.d. prophet inequality the values are independent draws from a known distribution, and the best guarantee against the expected maximum is the constant α∗≈0.745\alpha^*\approx0.745α∗≈0.745: Hill and Kertz (1982) and Kertz (1986) showed that no stopping rule does better, and Correa, Foncea, Hoeksma, Oosterwijk and Vredeveld (2017) showed that it is achieved. Real decision makers usually have neither nothing nor everything: they have a history of past observations.

Correa, Cristi, Epstein and Soto (arXiv:2011.06516v2) model this as ppp-DOS (sample-driven optimal stopping): each of NNN items is independently placed in a history set with probability ppp, the decision maker sees the history first and then the remaining items online, and must stop on one online item. At p=0p=0p=0 this is the secretary problem; as p→1p\to1p→1 the history reveals the distribution and the problem approaches the i.i.d. prophet setting. This mission formalizes the paper's Theorem 8, which makes the second statement precise: the optimal guarantee tends to α∗\alpha^*α∗.

Timeline. Hill and Kertz (1982) compared stop-rule and supremum expectations for i.i.d. variables; Kertz (1986) completed the comparison, giving the worst-case constant ≈0.745\approx0.745≈0.745 through the integral equation used below; Correa et al. (2017) gave a matching algorithm. Kaplan, Naori and Raz (2020) studied the sample-driven model with a weaker bound for small ppp; Correa, Dütting, Fischer and Schewior (2019) and Rubinstein, Wang and Weinberg (2020) studied i.i.d. values with samples from an unknown distribution. The present paper (2020–2021) gives the exact limit program and Theorem 8.

Setting

Fix p∈(0,1)p\in(0,1)p∈(0,1). A stopping rule is a nonnegative function q(t,ℓ)q(t,\ell)q(t,ℓ) of a time t∈[p,1]t\in[p,1]t∈[p,1] and a rank ℓ≥1\ell\ge1ℓ≥1. For k≥1k\ge1k≥1 let

Fk(q)=∑ℓ=1k∫p1q(t,ℓ)∑j=ℓk(j−1ℓ−1)(1−t)j−ℓtℓ dt.F_k(q)=\sum_{\ell=1}^{k}\int_p^1 q(t,\ell)\sum_{j=\ell}^{k}\binom{j-1}{\ell-1}(1-t)^{j-\ell}t^{\ell}\,dt .Fk​(q)=ℓ=1∑k​∫p1​q(t,ℓ)j=ℓ∑k​(ℓ−1j−1​)(1−t)j−ℓtℓdt.

The limit program SDCLPp_pp​ maximizes α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1] over pairs (q,α)(q,\alpha)(q,α) with

t q(t,ℓ)+∫pt∑s≥1q(τ,s) dτ≤1(t∈[p,1], ℓ≥1),α≤Fk(q)1−pk(k≥1).t\,q(t,\ell)+\int_p^t\sum_{s\ge1}q(\tau,s)\,d\tau\le1\quad(t\in[p,1],\ \ell\ge1),\qquad \alpha\le\frac{F_k(q)}{1-p^k}\quad(k\ge1).tq(t,ℓ)+∫pt​s≥1∑​q(τ,s)dτ≤1(t∈[p,1], ℓ≥1),α≤1−pkFk​(q)​(k≥1).

Its optimal value is α(p)\alpha(p)α(p). The paper obtains SDCLPp_pp​ as the limit N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞ of the linear programs that describe the best algorithm for ppp-DOS with adversarial values (§4.1–4.2); Theorem 8 is a statement about the program's value.

Two constants are defined by equations. α~(p)\tilde\alpha(p)α~(p) is the unique root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) of

ln⁡p+α~(1−p)2p=∑i=1∞ln⁡(1−α~+α~[(i+1)pi−ipi+1])i(i+1),(19)\ln p+\frac{\tilde\alpha(1-p)^2}{p}=\sum_{i=1}^{\infty}\frac{\ln\bigl(1-\tilde\alpha+\tilde\alpha[(i+1)p^i-ip^{i+1}]\bigr)}{i(i+1)},\qquad(19)lnp+pα~(1−p)2​=i=1∑∞​i(i+1)ln(1−α~+α~[(i+1)pi−ipi+1])​,(19)

and α∗\alpha^*α∗ is the solution of ∫01dyy(1−ln⁡y)+1/α∗−1=1\int_0^1\frac{dy}{y(1-\ln y)+1/\alpha^*-1}=1∫01​y(1−lny)+1/α∗−1dy​=1. A threshold rule (12) is given by times p=t1≤t2≤⋯≤1p=t_1\le t_2\le\cdots\le1p=t1​≤t2​≤⋯≤1 with Ti=∏j≤itjT_i=\prod_{j\le i}t_jTi​=∏j≤i​tj​: on [ti,ti+1)[t_i,t_{i+1})[ti​,ti+1​) it equals Ti/ti+1T_i/t^{i+1}Ti​/ti+1 for ranks ℓ≤i\ell\le iℓ≤i and 000 for larger ranks.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8

0≤α~(p)≤α(p)≤α∗(p∈(0,1)),lim⁡p→1−α~(p)=lim⁡p→1−α(p)=α∗.0\le\tilde\alpha(p)\le\alpha(p)\le\alpha^*\quad(p\in(0,1)),\qquad \lim_{p\to1^-}\tilde\alpha(p)=\lim_{p\to1^-}\alpha(p)=\alpha^*.0≤α~(p)≤α(p)≤α∗(p∈(0,1)),p→1−lim​α~(p)=p→1−lim​α(p)=α∗.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. B.4: ∑ℓ=1j(j−1ℓ−1)(1−t)j−ℓtℓ=t\sum_{\ell=1}^{j}\binom{j-1}{\ell-1}(1-t)^{j-\ell}t^\ell=t∑ℓ=1j​(ℓ−1j−1​)(1−t)j−ℓtℓ=t.
  2. Lemma 4: a maximal α\alphaα satisfies α≥inf⁡k≥111−pk∑j≤k∫p1t q(t,j) dt\alpha\ge\inf_{k\ge1}\frac{1}{1-p^k}\sum_{j\le k}\int_p^1 t\,q(t,j)\,dtα≥infk≥1​1−pk1​∑j≤k​∫p1​tq(t,j)dt when qqq is non-increasing in ℓ\ellℓ.
  3. Lemma 5: for a threshold rule, the system "every term of that infimum equals α\alphaα" is equivalent to explicit equations (15)–(16).
  4. Lemma 6 (i), (ii): the times t1=pt_1=pt1​=p, t2=peα(1−p)2/pt_2=pe^{\alpha(1-p)^2/p}t2​=peα(1−p)2/p, (tk/tk+1)k−1=γk/γk−1(t_k/t_{k+1})^{k-1}=\gamma_k/\gamma_{k-1}(tk​/tk+1​)k−1=γk​/γk−1​ increase, and their limit is at most 111 exactly under condition (18).
  5. B.6: Ti/tii−1=pγi−1T_i/t_i^{i-1}=p\gamma_{i-1}Ti​/tii−1​=pγi−1​ and μk=p(1−α+αpk−2)/(k−2)\mu_k=p(1-\alpha+\alpha p^{k-2})/(k-2)μk​=p(1−α+αpk−2)/(k−2).
  6. Lemma 6 (iii): under (18) the threshold rule is feasible with value α\alphaα.
  7. Lemma 7: (19) has a unique root, continuous in ppp.
  8. B.8: the ratio h(p,η)h(p,\eta)h(p,η) of the two sides of (19) tends to ∫01dyy(1−ln⁡y)+1/η−1\int_0^1\frac{dy}{y(1-\ln y)+1/\eta-1}∫01​y(1−lny)+1/η−1dy​ as p→1p\to1p→1.

Significance

The result. Theorem 8 shows that sample access interpolates continuously between the secretary and prophet worlds and that, with almost full information, no more than the known-distribution guarantee α∗\alpha^*α∗ is lost or gained. The explicit rule behind α~(p)\tilde\alpha(p)α~(p) is a concrete threshold algorithm, and the companion Theorem 9 of the paper (α~(p)≥α∗p\tilde\alpha(p)\ge\alpha^*pα~(p)≥α∗p, a separate mission) turns it into sample-complexity bounds: O(n/ε)O(n/\varepsilon)O(n/ε) samples suffice for α∗−O(ε)\alpha^*-O(\varepsilon)α∗−O(ε).

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; no part of it is machine-checked. A formal proof contributes a verified treatment of an infinite-dimensional linear program over L1([p,1]×N)L^1([p,1]\times\mathbb N)L1([p,1]×N), of series defined through implicit equations, and of a Riemann-sum limit obtained by l'Hôpital's rule. One clause, α(p)≤α∗\alpha(p)\le\alpha^*α(p)≤α∗, is not proved in the paper: it is imported from the i.i.d. prophet inequality literature via the interpretation of α(p)\alpha(p)α(p) as a competitive ratio. A formal proof of that clause directly from SDCLPp_pp​ would be new.

Difficulty

The lower bound α~(p)≤α(p)\tilde\alpha(p)\le\alpha(p)α~(p)≤α(p) needs an explicit feasible point of an infinite program; checking feasibility of the threshold rule requires exact telescoping of series with products of the times tkt_ktk​, which are defined recursively through fractional powers. The limit α~(p)→α∗\tilde\alpha(p)\to\alpha^*α~(p)→α∗ is a 0/00/00/0 limit of infinite series whose terms change scale as p→1p\to1p→1: every individual term tends to zero, so termwise passage to the limit gives no information, and the integral in the defining equation of α∗\alpha^*α∗ appears only in an aggregate limit of the whole series. The upper bound α(p)≤α∗\alpha(p)\le\alpha^*α(p)≤α∗ cannot come from evaluating any single solution: it is a statement about every feasible qqq, and the paper obtains it only through an external argument.

Formalization scope

  • A stopping rule is q : ℝ → ℕ → ℝ; ranks are 1-based (values at rank 000 are never used), and constraints are imposed pointwise on [p,1][p,1][p,1] as printed. The integral of the series in (10) is a lower Lebesgue integral of an [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued series, so it cannot collapse to a junk value; each q(⋅,ℓ)q(\cdot,\ell)q(⋅,ℓ) is required integrable on [p,1][p,1][p,1].
  • α(p)\alpha(p)α(p) is sSup of the set of feasible α\alphaα; it contains 000 and is bounded by 111, so it is the true supremum (checked in a sorry-free verification file). The program ranges over all feasible qqq, never only threshold rules.
  • (11) is quantified over k≥1k\ge1k≥1 only, so 1−pk≠01-p^k\neq01−pk=0.
  • Threshold rules use the half-open intervals [ti,ti+1)[t_i,t_{i+1})[ti​,ti+1​) of (7); (12) prints closed intervals, which overlap at the tit_iti​.
  • The series in (18), (19), (26) and μk\mu_kμk​ are written with the summation index shifted to start at 000; with p,α∈(0,1)p,\alpha\in(0,1)p,α∈(0,1) every logarithm's argument lies in [1−α,1][1-\alpha,1][1−α,1], so they converge absolutely and tsum is the true sum.
  • Lemma 6's recursion is tk+1=tk(γk−1/γk)1/(k−1)t_{k+1}=t_k(\gamma_{k-1}/\gamma_k)^{1/(k-1)}tk+1​=tk​(γk−1​/γk​)1/(k−1) for k≥2k\ge2k≥2, the unique positive solution of (17).
  • α~\tilde\alphaα~ and α∗\alpha^*α∗ are predicates (IsAlphaTilde, IsAlphaStar), not chosen functions; the goal holds for every root selection. Existence and uniqueness of α∗\alpha^*α∗ (with β=1/α∗\beta=1/\alpha^*β=1/α∗) is already posed as the open item CorreaThreshold.Adaptive.beta_star_existsUnique and is not posed again.
  • "p→1p\to1p→1" is the one-sided filter 𝓝[<] 1.
  • Lemma 6 (iii) carries hypothesis (18), which the paper states in the sentence after the lemma; without it the claim is false.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: replacing α(p)\alpha(p)α(p) by α~(p)\tilde\alpha(p)α~(p) or by the value of a truncated program, fixing ppp, restricting qqq to threshold rules in the definition of α(p)\alpha(p)α(p), or replacing α∗\alpha^*α∗ by 0.7450.7450.745 each changes the theorem and is not done.

A complete development needs: binomial identities, interval integrals of t−it^{-i}t−i and of piecewise-defined functions, real powers and logarithms of recursively defined sequences, summability of series in ℓ1\ell^1ℓ1, continuity of the root of a monotone family of equations, and limits of Riemann-type sums on (0,1](0,1](0,1]. The last two are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome independently of the goal.

Selected references

  • J. Correa, A. Cristi, B. Epstein, J. A. Soto, Sample-Driven Optimal Stopping: From the Secretary Problem to the i.i.d. Prophet Inequality, arXiv:2011.06516v2, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/2011.06516v2
  • T. P. Hill, R. P. Kertz, Comparisons of stop rule and supremum expectations of i.i.d. random variables, The Annals of Probability 10(2), 336–345, 1982 (reference [26] of the paper).
  • R. P. Kertz, Stop rule and supremum expectations of i.i.d. random variables: a complete comparison by conjugate duality, Journal of Multivariate Analysis 19, 88–112, 1986 (reference [28]).
  • J. Correa, P. Foncea, R. Hoeksma, T. Oosterwijk, T. Vredeveld, Posted price mechanisms for a random stream of customers, ACM EC 2017 (reference [17]).
  • H. Kaplan, D. Naori, D. Raz, Competitive analysis with a sample and the secretary problem, SODA 2020 (reference [27]).
  • J. Correa, P. Dütting, F. Fischer, K. Schewior, Prophet inequalities for i.i.d. random variables from an unknown distribution, ACM EC 2019 (reference [15]).
  • A. Rubinstein, J. Z. Wang, S. M. Weinberg, Optimal single-choice prophet inequalities from samples, ITCS 2020 (reference [40]).
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Mechanism DesignOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Intertemporal Price Discrimination via Randomized Promotions: A Two-Point Price Distribution Is Optimal for Randomized Pricing with Two Customer SegmentsResearch Paper

Motivation

Retailers that run predictable promotions teach their customers to wait for them. A customer who knows that a discount will come next week has no reason to buy at the list price today. Firms therefore lose margin on exactly the customers who would have paid in full. One response, documented in practice by Moon, Bimpikis and Mendelson (2017), is to randomize promotions: commit to a distribution of prices, draw a fresh price every period, and let customers know only the distribution. A customer cannot time a discount that arrives at random. Whether waiting is worthwhile then depends on how patient the customer is.

The classical deterministic answer to strategic waiting is cyclic pricing: Conlisk, Gerstner and Sobel (1984) showed that a durable-goods monopolist facing a stream of arriving customers lowers its price periodically. Besbes and Lobel (2015) characterized optimal deterministic policies when customers differ in valuation and patience. Randomized prices as a model of sales go back to Varian (1980) in a competitive setting. Chen, Hu and Wu (SSRN 3223844, published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2023, doi:10.1287/msom.2023.1194) ask the monopoly question directly: which price distribution should a seller commit to when two customer segments differ in both valuation and waiting cost? This mission formalizes their answer for the two-segment base model.

Setting

A monopolist sells one product over an infinite horizon. A fraction α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1) of arriving customers are low-valuation customers, who value the product at vLv_LvL​ and pay a waiting cost cLc_LcL​ per period; the remaining 1−α1-\alpha1−α are high-valuation customers, with valuation vH>vLv_H>v_LvH​>vL​ and waiting cost cHc_HcH​. Assumption (S) of the paper is 0<cL<vL0<c_L<v_L0<cL​<vL​ and 0<cH<vH0<c_H<v_H0<cH​<vH​.

The firm announces a price distribution: a random price PPP with finitely many possible values ppp and probabilities f(p)≥0f(p)\ge0f(p)≥0 summing to one. Each period an independent price is drawn from it. Write F(x)=∑p≤xf(p)F(x)=\sum_{p\le x}f(p)F(x)=∑p≤x​f(p) for the distribution function, E[P∣P≤x]\mathbb E[P\mid P\le x]E[P∣P≤x] for the mean price conditional on P≤xP\le xP≤x, and E[(v−P)+]=∑pf(p)max⁡(v−p,0)\mathbb E[(v-P)^+]=\sum_p f(p)\max(v-p,0)E[(v−P)+]=∑p​f(p)max(v−p,0) for the expected one-period surplus of a customer with valuation vvv. The purchase threshold of a customer with waiting cost ccc is

p‾=max⁡{v′∣E[(v′−P)+]≤c}.\underline p=\max\{v'\mid \mathbb E[(v'-P)^+]\le c\}.p​=max{v′∣E[(v′−P)+]≤c}.

A customer whose valuation exceeds her threshold waits and buys at the first price not above it.

The paper reduces the firm's choice to the regime where low-valuation customers wait and high-valuation customers buy on arrival. The firm's long-run profit per arriving customer is then the objective of problem (2):

max⁡F α E[P∣P≤p‾L]+(1−α)F(vH) E[P∣P≤vH]s.t.E[(vL−P)+]>cL,  E[(vH−P)+]≤cH,\max_{F}\ \alpha\,\mathbb E[P\mid P\le \underline p^L]+(1-\alpha)F(v_H)\,\mathbb E[P\mid P\le v_H]\quad\text{s.t.}\quad \mathbb E[(v_L-P)^+]>c_L,\ \ \mathbb E[(v_H-P)^+]\le c_H,Fmax​ αE[P∣P≤p​L]+(1−α)F(vH​)E[P∣P≤vH​]s.t.E[(vL​−P)+]>cL​,  E[(vH​−P)+]≤cH​,

where p‾L\underline p^Lp​L is the low type's threshold. Replacing p‾L\underline p^Lp​L by vLv_LvL​ in the objective gives the relaxation, problem (3). The key constants are

ΔR=αcL(1−α)(vH−vL),U1=αvL+(1−α)vH−(1−α)cL−2(1−α)(vH−vL)ΔR,\Delta_R=\sqrt{\frac{\alpha c_L}{(1-\alpha)(v_H-v_L)}},\qquad U_1=\alpha v_L+(1-\alpha)v_H-(1-\alpha)c_L-2(1-\alpha)(v_H-v_L)\Delta_R,ΔR​=(1−α)(vH​−vL​)αcL​​​,U1​=αvL​+(1−α)vH​−(1−α)cL​−2(1−α)(vH​−vL​)ΔR​, U2=αvL+(1−α)vH−(1−α)cH−αcLvH−vLcH−cL.U_2=\alpha v_L+(1-\alpha)v_H-(1-\alpha)c_H-\alpha c_L\frac{v_H-v_L}{c_H-c_L}.U2​=αvL​+(1−α)vH​−(1−α)cH​−αcL​cH​−cL​vH​−vL​​.

In Lean the parameters are vL vH cL cH α, a law is w : ℝ →₀ ℝ with IsPriceDist w, and the objects above are cdf, condExp, gain, thresh, Feas, obj2, obj3, ΔR, bnd =(cH−cL)/(vH−vL)=(c_H-c_L)/(v_H-v_L)=(cH​−cL​)/(vH​−vL​), U1, U2. Here p‾L\underline p^Lp​L is written p^L in milestone text.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3 (p. 16)

Assume cL<cHc_L<c_HcL​<cH​ and ΔR<1\Delta_R<1ΔR​<1, and let U=U1U=U_1U=U1​ if ΔR<cH−cLvH−vL\Delta_R<\frac{c_H-c_L}{v_H-v_L}ΔR​<vH​−vL​cH​−cL​​ and U=U2U=U_2U=U2​ otherwise. Then every price distribution feasible for (2) earns at most UUU in (2), and there is η\etaη with η(δ)→0\eta(\delta)\to0η(δ)→0 as δ↘0\delta\searrow0δ↘0 such that the two-point law

f(p)={β∗p=p‾∗,1−β∗p=vH,β∗=min⁡{ΔR,cH−cLvH−vL−δ},p‾∗=vL−cLβ∗−η(δ),f(p)=\begin{cases}\beta^* & p=\underline p^*,\\ 1-\beta^* & p=v_H,\end{cases}\qquad \beta^*=\min\Big\{\Delta_R,\frac{c_H-c_L}{v_H-v_L}-\delta\Big\},\quad \underline p^*=v_L-\frac{c_L}{\beta^*}-\eta(\delta),f(p)={β∗1−β∗​p=p​∗,p=vH​,​β∗=min{ΔR​,vH​−vL​cH​−cL​​−δ},p​∗=vL​−β∗cL​​−η(δ),

is feasible for (2) for all small δ>0\delta>0δ>0 and its profit tends to UUU. This is the ϵ\epsilonϵ-optimality of the paper's Definition 1.

Milestones

  1. §3.2.2: for every law feasible for (2), E[P∣P≤p‾L]≤E[P∣P≤vL]\mathbb E[P\mid P\le\underline p^L]\le\mathbb E[P\mid P\le v_L]E[P∣P≤p​L]≤E[P∣P≤vL​], so (3) relaxes (2).
  2. §3.2.2: every feasible law has F(vL)<cH−cLvH−vLF(v_L)<\frac{c_H-c_L}{v_H-v_L}F(vL​)<vH​−vL​cH​−cL​​.
  3. Lemma 5, in the form its proof establishes: moving all mass above vLv_LvL​ to vHv_HvH​ preserves feasibility and does not lower the objective of (3).
  4. Lemma 6(ii)(a) and (b): every feasible law earns at most U1U_1U1​, respectively U2U_2U2​, in (3).
  5. Lemma 6(i), the complementary regime ΔR≥1\Delta_R\ge1ΔR​≥1: no feasible law beats the static profit max⁡{vL,(1−α)vH}\max\{v_L,(1-\alpha)v_H\}max{vL​,(1−α)vH​}.

Significance

The result says that, in this model, the optimal randomized promotion is the simplest one. The firm posts the regular price vHv_HvH​ most of the time and runs a promotion at p‾∗\underline p^*p​∗ with probability β∗\beta^*β∗. High-valuation customers buy on arrival; low-valuation customers wait for the promotion. The discount below vLv_LvL​, of size cL/β∗c_L/\beta^*cL​/β∗, is the price of keeping low types in the market. The closed forms U1,U2U_1,U_2U1​,U2​ quantify the profit lost relative to perfect discrimination αvL+(1−α)vH\alpha v_L+(1-\alpha)v_HαvL​+(1−α)vH​. The paper uses them to compare randomized with static and cyclic pricing (Propositions 4 and 8) and generalizes the structure to myopic customers and to nnn segments.

The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked version exists. The mission produces a formal statement of the firm's problem over all finitely supported price laws on R\mathbb RR, a verified upper bound on its value, and a verified family that attains it in the limit. It also records three points the printed statements leave implicit (below).

Difficulty

The decision variable is an entire distribution, and the objective of (2) depends on it through the threshold p‾L\underline p^Lp​L, itself defined by a maximization over the distribution. The obvious approach, guessing the two-point law and checking first-order conditions, gives no upper bound over all laws. The upper bound has to hold for laws with arbitrarily many support points, of either sign and above vHv_HvH​, and both incentive constraints enter it. Problem (3) has a strict constraint and no maximizer, so every statement about "the optimal profit" has to be read as a supremum. The attainment half then needs the threshold of the two-point law, computed from its definition, to sit exactly η(δ)\eta(\delta)η(δ) below vLv_LvL​.

Formalization scope

  • Distributions. A price law is w : ℝ →₀ ℝ with nonnegative masses summing to one (finite support, as the paper assumes on p. 9). Prices range over all of R\mathbb RR: p‾∗\underline p^*p​∗ can be negative under the hypotheses, and with prices restricted to [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) Proposition 3 is false for some admissible parameters.
  • Standing assumptions, hypotheses of every theorem: Assumption (S), vL<vHv_L<v_HvL​<vH​ (printed on p. 9), and 0<α<10<\alpha<10<α<1 (added; ΔR\Delta_RΔR​ divides by 1−α1-\alpha1−α).
  • Added hypothesis of the goal: cL<cHc_L<c_HcL​<cH​. Without it β∗<0\beta^*<0β∗<0 and the two-point law is not a distribution.
  • Conventions. E[P∣P≤x]\mathbb E[P\mid P\le x]E[P∣P≤x] is a quotient that Lean sets to 000 when F(x)=0F(x)=0F(x)=0; this never happens for feasible laws. p‾L\underline p^Lp​L is the real supremum of {v′∣E[(v′−P)+]≤cL}\{v'\mid\mathbb E[(v'-P)^+]\le c_L\}{v′∣E[(v′−P)+]≤cL​}, which is a maximum for every price law. "The optimal expected profit is no more than UUU" is read as a bound on every feasible law. "Optimal" in Proposition 3 is ϵ\epsilonϵ-optimality for (2), stated as the upper bound plus the approaching family, with η\etaη existential.
  • Lemma 5 as printed quantifies over optimal solutions of (3), which do not exist; the milestone states the dominance that its proof (Online Supplement p. 8) establishes.
  • Ruled out. The profit and the threshold of the two-point law are not given in closed form: they are the general obj2 and thresh applied to it. The upper bound ranges over all feasible laws, not two-point laws or laws on [0,vH][0,v_H][0,vH​]. "Optimal" is not read as "beats static pricing" (that is Proposition 4) or as an attained maximum, and η\etaη may not depend on the competing law.
  • Not in the mission. The customer's optimal-stopping model (Lemma 1, Proposition 1, Lemma 2) is the paper's justification of the objective of (2); the mission states problem (2) as printed. Cyclic and Markovian pricing, myopic customers and nnn segments are not posed.
  • Needed infrastructure. Finite sums over Finsupp supports, monotonicity and continuity of v↦E[(v−P)+]v\mapsto\mathbb E[(v-P)^+]v↦E[(v−P)+], and the elementary concavity argument for β↦U(β)\beta\mapsto U(\beta)β↦U(β). A general library of finitely supported real price laws (distribution function, partial expectations, expected surplus) would be reusable for other pricing papers. Proofs of any milestone are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Chen, M. Hu, J. Wu, Intertemporal Price Discrimination via Randomized Promotions, SSRN preprint 3223844 (revision of 2022-11-16); Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2023. https://ssrn.com/abstract=3223844, https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2023.1194
  • J. Conlisk, E. Gerstner, J. Sobel, Cyclic pricing by a durable goods monopolist, Quarterly Journal of Economics 99(3), 1984. https://doi.org/10.2307/1885961
  • O. Besbes, I. Lobel, Intertemporal price discrimination: Structure and computation of optimal policies, Management Science 61(1), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2014.2049
  • H. Varian, A model of sales, American Economic Review 70(4), 1980. https://www.jstor.org/stable/1803562
  • X. Su, Intertemporal pricing with strategic customer behavior, Management Science 53(5), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1060.0628
  • K. Moon, K. Bimpikis, H. Mendelson, Randomized markdowns and online monitoring, Management Science, 2017.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Proof-of-Work Cryptocurrencies: Does Mining Technology Undermine Decentralization? 1: The Mining Game Has a Unique Equilibrium Whose Number of Active Miners Is Fixed by an Explicit Cost ConditionResearch Paper

Motivation

Proof-of-work blockchains such as Bitcoin keep their ledger secure by a contest: miners spend computing power ("hash rate") to solve a cryptographic puzzle, and the miner who solves it first earns the block reward. The probability of winning is proportional to a miner's share of the total hash rate, so mining is a rent-seeking contest in the sense of Tullock (1967), with heterogeneous costs. Whether such a contest stays decentralized, that is, whether many miners remain active or a few efficient ones take over, is a question about the structure of its equilibrium.

Capponi, Ólafsson and Alsabah (arXiv:2106.09783v1, 2021) model a two-stage game: miners first invest in hardware, then compete in hash rate. This mission formalizes the second stage, the mining game, for a fixed cost vector. Its results (Propositions 4.1–4.4) are the foundation of the paper's comparative statics (Propositions 4.6, 4.8) and of its investment stage (Proposition 5.1), which are posed in the later missions of this series.

Setting

There are N≥2N\ge 2N≥2 miners, indexed i=1,…,Ni=1,\dots,Ni=1,…,N. Miner iii has a cost-per-hash ci>0c_i>0ci​>0, and the miners are sorted so that c1≤c2≤⋯≤cNc_1\le c_2\le\dots\le c_Nc1​≤c2​≤⋯≤cN​. All miners compete for a total reward R>0R>0R>0 and share a capacity parameter γ≥0\gamma\ge 0γ≥0: a larger γ\gammaγ means a tighter hashing capacity.

Each miner chooses a hash rate hi≥0h_i\ge 0hi​≥0. The aggregate hash rate is H=∑j=1NhjH=\sum_{j=1}^N h_jH=∑j=1N​hj​, and miner iii's objective is

πi(h)={hiHR−cihi−γ2hi2,H>0,0,H=0.\pi_i(h)=\begin{cases}\dfrac{h_i}{H}R-c_ih_i-\dfrac{\gamma}{2}h_i^2, & H>0,\\[4pt] 0, & H=0.\end{cases}πi​(h)=⎩⎨⎧​Hhi​​R−ci​hi​−2γ​hi2​,0,​H>0,H=0.​

An equilibrium hash rate profile h∗h^*h∗ is a nonnegative profile in which no miner can increase its objective by changing its own hash rate to any other nonnegative value. A miner is active if hi∗>0h^*_i>0hi∗​>0; nnn denotes the number of active miners. The cumulative cost of the first kkk miners is c(k)=c1+⋯+ckc^{(k)}=c_1+\dots+c_kc(k)=c1​+⋯+ck​, and the marginal cost of miner iii at the equilibrium is MCi∗=ci+γhi∗MC^*_i=c_i+\gamma h^*_iMCi∗​=ci​+γhi∗​.

In Lean these objects are Params N (fields c, R, γ), Params.Standing, aggH, payoff, IsMiningEq, activeCount, cumCost, aggForm, partCond, margCost and profit, in the namespace PoWMining.Equilibrium.

Formalization targets

Goal: the number of active miners (Proposition 4.4)

An equilibrium exists, and in every equilibrium the number of active miners is the largest 2≤n≤N2\le n\le N2≤n≤N with

cn<c(n)+Rγ/cnn−1.c_n<\frac{c^{(n)}+R\gamma/c_n}{n-1}.cn​<n−1c(n)+Rγ/cn​​.

This number is weakly increasing in RRR and in γ\gammaγ (with the costs held fixed). The goal identifies the degree of decentralization of the mining stage purely from the model parameters.

Milestones, in the order of the paper's proof

  1. Every equilibrium has at least two active miners (p. 38).
  2. If miner k+1k+1k+1 is active in an equilibrium, so is miner kkk: the active miners are the nnn cheapest (p. 38).
  3. The first-order condition of an active miner (4.2):
RH∗(1−hi∗H∗)=ci+γhi∗.\frac{R}{H^*}\Bigl(1-\frac{h^*_i}{H^*}\Bigr)=c_i+\gamma h^*_i.H∗R​(1−H∗hi∗​​)=ci​+γhi∗​.
  1. Summing (4.2) over the active miners (B.1): (n−1)R−c(n)H∗−γ(H∗)2=0(n-1)R-c^{(n)}H^*-\gamma (H^*)^2=0(n−1)R−c(n)H∗−γ(H∗)2=0.
  2. Proposition 4.1: the equilibrium exists and is unique, hi∗=H∗(R−ciH∗)/(R+γ(H∗)2)h^*_i=H^*(R-c_iH^*)/(R+\gamma (H^*)^2)hi∗​=H∗(R−ci​H∗)/(R+γ(H∗)2) for i≤ni\le ni≤n and 000 otherwise, and H∗H^*H∗ is the positive root
H∗=(c(n))2+4(n−1)Rγ−c(n)2γ (γ>0),H∗=(n−1)Rc(n) (γ=0).(4.1)H^*=\frac{\sqrt{(c^{(n)})^2+4(n-1)R\gamma}-c^{(n)}}{2\gamma}\ (\gamma>0),\qquad H^*=\frac{(n-1)R}{c^{(n)}}\ (\gamma=0).\tag{4.1}H∗=2γ(c(n))2+4(n−1)Rγ​−c(n)​ (γ>0),H∗=c(n)(n−1)R​ (γ=0).(4.1)
  1. Proposition 4.2: MCi∗MC^*_iMCi∗​ increases in iii, MCi∗<R/H∗  ⟺  ci<R/H∗  ⟺  i≤nMC^*_i<R/H^*\iff c_i<R/H^*\iff i\le nMCi∗​<R/H∗⟺ci​<R/H∗⟺i≤n, and ci/MCi∗c_i/MC^*_ici​/MCi∗​ increases while γhi∗/MCi∗\gamma h^*_i/MC^*_iγhi∗​/MCi∗​ decreases.

A companion statement, Proposition 4.3 (equilibrium profits are decreasing in iii, positive exactly for the active miners, and profit-per-hash of the active miners is decreasing), is posed as a theorem of the mission but is not on the goal's proof path.

Significance

The result. Proposition 4.4 says that participation in proof-of-work mining is decided by a single explicit inequality comparing the marginal miner's cost to the average cost of the cheaper miners, corrected by the capacity term Rγ/cnR\gamma/c_nRγ/cn​. With γ=0\gamma=0γ=0 the condition reads cn<nn−1⋅c(n)nc_n<\frac{n}{n-1}\cdot\frac{c^{(n)}}{n}cn​<n−1n​⋅nc(n)​: the marginal miner's cost may exceed the average active cost only slightly, so cost heterogeneity drives inefficient miners out. The capacity constraint is what keeps them in. The paper's discussion of centralization, its comparative statics of hash rate shares (Propositions 4.6 and 4.8) and its analysis of hardware investment and entry (Proposition 5.1) all take the equilibrium of Proposition 4.1 and the active count of Proposition 4.4 as given.

Formalizing it. The results are proved in the paper (Appendix B, pp. 38–39); none of them is machine-checked. A formal development produces a complete, checked equilibrium analysis of a heterogeneous-cost Tullock contest with quadratic capacity costs: existence and uniqueness of a pure equilibrium, the explicit hash rates, and the participation threshold. The platform currently has no contest, rent-seeking or mining game.

Difficulty

The closed forms are straightforward to verify once the active set is known; the difficulty is the active set itself. The objective is concave in the own hash rate only when the other miners' aggregate is positive, and it jumps at H=0H=0H=0, so the standard concave-game existence theorem does not apply directly on the whole strategy space, and the equilibrium has to be located among profiles with at least two active miners. Uniqueness requires excluding every equilibrium with a different active set, not only the one the formulas produce. For Proposition 4.4, the obvious route, substituting the closed form of H∗H^*H∗ into "cn<R/H∗c_n<R/H^*cn​<R/H∗", produces a condition in terms of the equilibrium's own nnn; showing that the set of kkk satisfying the printed inequality is an initial segment {2,…,n}\{2,\dots,n\}{2,…,n}, so that "largest" picks out exactly the equilibrium count, is the step that needs care, and the monotonicity in RRR and γ\gammaγ is a comparison of two different equilibria.

Formalization scope

  • Miners are Fin N, with Lean index iii standing for the paper's miner i+1i+1i+1. The standing assumptions Params.Standing are N≥2N\ge 2N≥2, R>0R>0R>0, γ≥0\gamma\ge 0γ≥0, ci>0c_i>0ci​>0 and Monotone c (the paper's sorting, p. 12).
  • The objective omits the fixed entry cost KKK of (3.4): with the investment profile fixed it does not depend on the miner's own hash rate. The case H=0H=0H=0 is an explicit branch, not Lean's x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0.
  • The equilibrium (Definition 3.2(i)) is the best-response property "for every x≥0x\ge 0x≥0, deviating to xxx does not raise the objective", which is equivalent to the paper's "=sup⁡hi≥0=\sup_{h_i\ge 0}=suphi​≥0​" and avoids junk values of sSup.
  • "Increasing/decreasing" is weak (Monotone/Antitone), as in the paper's footnote 12. "Largest nnn" is IsGreatest, not sSup on N\mathbb NN. Both branches of (4.1) are kept as printed; γ=0\gamma=0γ=0 is allowed throughout.
  • Ruling out trivializations: the equilibrium is never defined by its closed form and the active count is never defined by the participation condition; the goal includes existence, so its statements about every equilibrium are not vacuous; NNN and nnn are general.
  • Needed infrastructure: elementary real analysis (concavity and one-variable first-order conditions), finite sums over Fin N, quadratic roots. Lemmas about the objective's concavity and best responses, and the initial-segment property of the participation condition, are reusable in the later missions of this series. Contributions of any milestone, or of further intermediate lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Capponi, S. Ólafsson, H. Alsabah, Proof-of-Work Cryptocurrencies: Does Mining Technology Undermine Decentralization?, arXiv preprint, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.09783v1
  • G. Tullock, The Welfare Costs of Tariffs, Monopolies, and Theft, Western Economic Journal 5(3), 1967. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1465-7295.1967.tb01923.x
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Proof-of-Work Cryptocurrencies: Does Mining Technology Undermine Decentralization? 2: Signs of the Sensitivities of Equilibrium Hash Rates and Hash Rate Shares to Mining CostsResearch Paper

Motivation

In a proof-of-work cryptocurrency such as Bitcoin, miners spend computing power (hash rate) to win the right to add the next block and collect a reward. Whether this competition stays decentralized depends on how individual hash rates react to differences in mining costs: if a cost advantage translates into an ever larger share of the total hash rate, mining concentrates in a few hands. Capponi, Ólafsson and Alsabah (arXiv:2106.09783v1, 2021) model mining as a game among miners with heterogeneous costs and limited capacity, and derive its equilibrium in closed form. Their Section 4.3 then asks how equilibrium hash rates and hash rate shares respond to a change in one miner's cost. This mission formalizes the answer, Proposition 4.6 of that preprint.

Setting

Fix n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 active miners. Miner iii has cost-per-hash ci>0c_i > 0ci​>0, and every miner bears the capacity cost (γ/2)hi2(\gamma/2)h_i^2(γ/2)hi2​ with capacity parameter γ≥0\gamma \ge 0γ≥0 (a larger γ\gammaγ means smaller capacity). The miners compete for a reward R>0R > 0R>0, which miner iii wins in proportion to its hash rate hih_ihi​ over the aggregate hash rate H=∑jhjH = \sum_j h_jH=∑j​hj​. Write c(n)=c1+⋯+cnc^{(n)} = c_1 + \dots + c_nc(n)=c1​+⋯+cn​ for the cumulative cost.

When exactly these nnn miners are active, the paper's equilibrium (Proposition 4.1, posed in mission 1 of this series) is explicit. The aggregate hash rate H∗=gH^* = gH∗=g is the positive root of γH2+c(n)H−(n−1)R=0\gamma H^2 + c^{(n)}H - (n-1)R = 0γH2+c(n)H−(n−1)R=0:

g=(c(n))2+4(n−1)Rγ−c(n)2γ (γ>0),g=(n−1)Rc(n) (γ=0),g = \frac{\sqrt{(c^{(n)})^2 + 4(n-1)R\gamma} - c^{(n)}}{2\gamma}\ (\gamma > 0),\qquad g = \frac{(n-1)R}{c^{(n)}}\ (\gamma = 0),g=2γ(c(n))2+4(n−1)Rγ​−c(n)​ (γ>0),g=c(n)(n−1)R​ (γ=0),

and the individual equilibrium hash rates are hi∗=fi(g)h^*_i = f_i(g)hi∗​=fi​(g) with

fi(G)=G R−ciGR+γG2.(B.3)f_i(G) = G\,\frac{R - c_i G}{R + \gamma G^2}. \tag{B.3}fi​(G)=GR+γG2R−ci​G​.(B.3)

All nnn miners being active means R−ckg>0R - c_k g > 0R−ck​g>0 for every kkk. The hash rate share of miner iii is hi∗/H∗=fi(g)/gh^*_i/H^* = f_i(g)/ghi∗​/H∗=fi​(g)/g.

A change in cic_ici​ moves hi∗h^*_ihi∗​ in two ways. The direct sensitivity Δi,1=∂fi/∂ci\Delta_{i,1} = \partial f_i/\partial c_iΔi,1​=∂fi​/∂ci​ holds the aggregate fixed. The indirect sensitivity Δi,2=(∂fi/∂g)(∂g/∂ci)\Delta_{i,2} = (\partial f_i/\partial g)(\partial g/\partial c_i)Δi,2​=(∂fi​/∂g)(∂g/∂ci​) acts through the change of the aggregate. For shares, the paper's decomposition on p. 42 gives Δ~i,1=1g ∂fi/∂ci\widetilde\Delta_{i,1} = \frac1g\,\partial f_i/\partial c_iΔi,1​=g1​∂fi​/∂ci​ and Δ~i,2=1g ∂g∂ci(∂fi∂g−fig)\widetilde\Delta_{i,2} = \frac1g\,\frac{\partial g}{\partial c_i}\big(\frac{\partial f_i}{\partial g} - \frac{f_i}{g}\big)Δi,2​=g1​∂ci​∂g​(∂g∂fi​​−gfi​​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.6 (p. 17)

For active miners i≠ji \ne ji=j, hi∗h^*_ihi∗​ and hi∗/H∗h^*_i/H^*hi∗​/H∗ are differentiable in cic_ici​ and cjc_jcj​, and

∂hi∗∂ci=Δi,1+Δi,2<0,∂hi∗∂cj=Δi,2,Δi,1<0,Δi,2>0  ⟺  hi∗H∗<12,\frac{\partial h^*_i}{\partial c_i} = \Delta_{i,1} + \Delta_{i,2} < 0,\qquad \frac{\partial h^*_i}{\partial c_j} = \Delta_{i,2},\qquad \Delta_{i,1} < 0,\qquad \Delta_{i,2} > 0 \iff \frac{h^*_i}{H^*} < \frac12,∂ci​∂hi∗​​=Δi,1​+Δi,2​<0,∂cj​∂hi∗​​=Δi,2​,Δi,1​<0,Δi,2​>0⟺H∗hi∗​​<21​, ∂∂cihi∗H∗=Δ~i,1+Δ~i,2<0,∂∂cjhi∗H∗=Δ~i,2>0,Δ~i,1<0.\frac{\partial}{\partial c_i}\frac{h^*_i}{H^*} = \widetilde\Delta_{i,1} + \widetilde\Delta_{i,2} < 0,\qquad \frac{\partial}{\partial c_j}\frac{h^*_i}{H^*} = \widetilde\Delta_{i,2} > 0,\qquad \widetilde\Delta_{i,1} < 0.∂ci​∂​H∗hi∗​​=Δi,1​+Δi,2​<0,∂cj​∂​H∗hi∗​​=Δi,2​>0,Δi,1​<0.

Milestones (Appendix B, pp. 39–42)

  1. (B.2), first line: ∂H∗/∂ci=−H∗/(c(n)+2γH∗)<0\partial H^*/\partial c_i = -H^*/(c^{(n)} + 2\gamma H^*) < 0∂H∗/∂ci​=−H∗/(c(n)+2γH∗)<0.
  2. (B.5): R(ci+γg)/(R+γg2)=ci+γfiR(c_i + \gamma g)/(R + \gamma g^2) = c_i + \gamma f_iR(ci​+γg)/(R+γg2)=ci​+γfi​.
  3. The partial derivatives ∂fi/∂ci=−g2/(R+γg2)<0\partial f_i/\partial c_i = -g^2/(R+\gamma g^2) < 0∂fi​/∂ci​=−g2/(R+γg2)<0 and ∂fi/∂g=gR+γg2(Rg−2(ci+γfi))\partial f_i/\partial g = \frac{g}{R+\gamma g^2}\big(\frac Rg - 2(c_i + \gamma f_i)\big)∂fi​/∂g=R+γg2g​(gR​−2(ci​+γfi​)).
  4. (B.4), first two lines: closed forms of ∂hi∗/∂ci\partial h^*_i/\partial c_i∂hi∗​/∂ci​ and ∂hi∗/∂cj\partial h^*_i/\partial c_j∂hi∗​/∂cj​.
  5. The sign criterion: ci+γfi=Rg(1−fi/g)c_i + \gamma f_i = \frac Rg(1 - f_i/g)ci​+γfi​=gR​(1−fi​/g), and Δi,2>0  ⟺  ci+γfi>R2g  ⟺  fi/g<12\Delta_{i,2} > 0 \iff c_i + \gamma f_i > \frac{R}{2g} \iff f_i/g < \frac12Δi,2​>0⟺ci​+γfi​>2gR​⟺fi​/g<21​.
  6. (B.6), first two lines: closed forms and signs of the share derivatives in cic_ici​ and cjc_jcj​.

Significance

The proposition separates the effect of a cost change into a direct part, always negative, and an indirect part through the aggregate, whose sign is set by the hash rate share alone. A miner with less than half the total hash rate partly offsets a cost increase, because rivals' responses lower the aggregate; a dominant miner amplifies it. The same indirect term is exactly the response of hi∗h^*_ihi∗​ to a competitor's cost. For shares the answer is unconditional: a miner's share falls with its own cost and rises with a rival's. These signs (Table 1 of the paper) are what the paper's later discussion of cost advantages and concentration rests on.

The result is proved in the paper by direct calculation. It has not been machine-checked anywhere known to this series, and no comparative statics of a contest or mining game exists on the platform. Formalizing it checks the differentiation of the closed forms, including the case γ=0\gamma = 0γ=0, and fixes the definition of Δ~i,1,Δ~i,2\widetilde\Delta_{i,1}, \widetilde\Delta_{i,2}Δi,1​,Δi,2​, which the paper uses without defining.

Difficulty

Each step is elementary calculus, but the steps do not close by naive differentiation. The derivative of hi∗h^*_ihi∗​ in cic_ici​, computed from the explicit formula, is a rational function of cic_ici​, ggg and the square root in ggg. Its sign is not visible until the square root is eliminated through (c(n))2+4(n−1)Rγ=c(n)+2γg\sqrt{(c^{(n)})^2 + 4(n-1)R\gamma} = c^{(n)} + 2\gamma g(c(n))2+4(n−1)Rγ​=c(n)+2γg and the first-order condition of the miner is used to rewrite ci+γfic_i + \gamma f_ici​+γfi​. The equivalence (4.5) depends on the activity condition R−ckg>0R - c_k g > 0R−ck​g>0; without it fif_ifi​ can be negative and the sign claims fail. The case γ=0\gamma = 0γ=0 uses the second branch of ggg, which has no square root, so the paper's middle expression in (B.2) does not apply there.

Formalization scope

Miners are indexed by Fin n, 0-based. Costs are a vector c : Fin n → ℝ. The objects cumCost, gH (both branches of (4.1)), fH (with the aggregate as a free argument G), hstar, share and the four sensitivities are defined in PoWMining.CostStatics.Setting. The standing assumptions n≥2n \ge 2n≥2, R>0R > 0R>0, γ≥0\gamma \ge 0γ≥0, ck>0c_k > 0ck​>0 and R−ckg>0R - c_k g > 0R−ck​g>0 for all kkk are bundled in Standing. The last of these is the paper's "for active miners", read at a state where small changes do not alter the set of active miners (pp. 15–16). Costs need not be sorted.

Partial derivatives are one-variable derivatives along Function.update c i, and every derivative claim is a HasDerivAt statement. The sensitivities are defined by deriv, never by their closed forms. A definition Δi,1:=−g2/(R+γg2)\Delta_{i,1} := -g^2/(R+\gamma g^2)Δi,1​:=−g2/(R+γg2) would make "Δi,1<0\Delta_{i,1} < 0Δi,1​<0" a positivity check and turn the goal into milestone 4; this is ruled out. Sign claims about a deriv-defined quantity are always paired with the corresponding HasDerivAt claim, so a non-differentiable junk value of 000 cannot satisfy them. γ=0\gamma = 0γ=0 is allowed throughout.

The sensitivities are derivatives of the closed forms (B.3) of the nnn active miners, as in the paper's proof. That these closed forms are the equilibrium of the game is Proposition 4.1, and the first-order condition behind milestone 5 is Proposition 4.2; both are posed in mission 1 of this series and are not restated here. Printed slip: the middle term of (B.5) has a sign error (ci−γgR−cigR+γg2c_i - \gamma g\frac{R-c_ig}{R+\gamma g^2}ci​−γgR+γg2R−ci​g​ for ci+γgR−cigR+γg2c_i + \gamma g\frac{R-c_ig}{R+\gamma g^2}ci​+γgR+γg2R−ci​g​); only the outer equality, which the proof uses, is stated.

Proofs need only real arithmetic, Real.sqrt and one-variable derivative rules. Contributions of any milestone are welcome; a lemma computing the derivative of gH along a single cost coordinate is reused by several of them and by the companion mission on capacity and reward.

Selected references

  • A. Capponi, S. Ólafsson, H. Alsabah, Proof-of-Work Cryptocurrencies: Does Mining Technology Undermine Decentralization?, arXiv preprint, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/2106.09783v1 (Proposition 4.6, p. 17; proof pp. 39–42).
  • S. Nakamoto, Bitcoin: A Peer-to-Peer Electronic Cash System, 2008. https://bitcoin.org/bitcoin.pdf
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryEconomicsOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Partial Vertical Ownership, Capacity Investment, and Information Exchange in a Supply Chain II: Truthful Cheap Talk Is an Equilibrium Iff the Ownership Share β Is at Least β̳Research Paper

Motivation

A supplier who must build capacity before a selling season would like to know how large demand will be, and the retailer downstream often knows better. Under a simple wholesale-price contract, however, the retailer gains from overstating demand: more capacity means more sales for her, and the cost of idle capacity falls on the supplier. Since the retailer's message costs nothing and binds nobody, a rational supplier ignores it. That such cheap talk (Crawford and Sobel, 1982) cannot convey information in a one-shot wholesale-price relationship is the benchmark result of Özer, Zheng and Chen (2011), yet firms are observed to share forecasts informally.

Avinadav and Shamir propose an explanation based on partial vertical ownership (PVO): retailers often hold passive equity stakes in their suppliers. A retailer that owns a share β\betaβ of the supplier bears a fraction β\betaβ of the losses her misreport inflicts on him. Their Theorem 2 says exactly how large the stake must be for truthful reporting to be self-enforcing, and how this depends on the gap between the two possible demand levels. This mission formalizes that theorem.

Setting

A retailer sources a component from a supplier. The supplier secures capacity KKK at unit cost ccc; after demand is realized, the retailer orders and pays the wholesale price www per unit and sells at the retail price rrr, with 0<c<w<r0<c<w<r0<c<w<r. Unmet demand is lost, and leftover capacity is worthless.

Demand in market state i∈{L,H}i\in\{L,H\}i∈{L,H} is Di=μi+εD_i=\mu_i+\varepsilonDi​=μi​+ε with 0<μL<μH0<\mu_L<\mu_H0<μL​<μH​, where ε\varepsilonε is a zero-mean random variable with a density, distribution function FFF, and lower support end ε‾<0\underline{\varepsilon}<0ε​<0 satisfying μL+ε‾≥0\mu_L+\underline{\varepsilon}\ge0μL​+ε​≥0. The information gap is Δ=μH−μL\Delta=\mu_H-\mu_LΔ=μH​−μL​. Write F−1(z)=inf⁡{x:F(x)≥z}F^{-1}(z)=\inf\{x: F(x)\ge z\}F−1(z)=inf{x:F(x)≥z} and define the critical fractiles zs=1−c/wz_s=1-c/wzs​=1−c/w and zr=1−w/rz_r=1-w/rzr​=1−w/r.

The retailer may commit to an advance order qadvq^{adv}qadv which the supplier must cover. The supplier's and retailer's expected profits are

πs(K∣μi,qadv)=E[wmin⁡(K,max⁡(μi+ε,qadv))−cK],\pi_s(K\mid\mu_i,q^{adv})=\mathbb E\big[w\min(K,\max(\mu_i+\varepsilon,q^{adv}))-cK\big],πs​(K∣μi​,qadv)=E[wmin(K,max(μi​+ε,qadv))−cK], πr(qadv,K∣μi)=E[(r−w)min⁡(μi+ε,K)−wmax⁡(qadv−μi−ε,0)].\pi_r(q^{adv},K\mid\mu_i)=\mathbb E\big[(r-w)\min(\mu_i+\varepsilon,K)-w\max(q^{adv}-\mu_i-\varepsilon,0)\big].πr​(qadv,K∣μi​)=E[(r−w)min(μi​+ε,K)−wmax(qadv−μi​−ε,0)].

A retailer holding the share β∈[0,1]\beta\in[0,1]β∈[0,1] of the supplier maximizes the accounting payoff vr(qadv,K∣μi)=πr(qadv,K∣μi)+β πs(K∣μi,qadv)v_r(q^{adv},K\mid\mu_i)=\pi_r(q^{adv},K\mid\mu_i)+\beta\,\pi_s(K\mid\mu_i,q^{adv})vr​(qadv,K∣μi​)=πr​(qadv,K∣μi​)+βπs​(K∣μi​,qadv).

Only the retailer observes the state. In the cheap-talk game she places no advance order and announces a state; a supplier who believes the announcement builds the newsvendor capacity KL=μL+F−1(zs)K_L=\mu_L+F^{-1}(z_s)KL​=μL​+F−1(zs​) or KH=μH+F−1(zs)K_H=\mu_H+F^{-1}(z_s)KH​=μH​+F−1(zs​). Truthful reporting requires

(12)vr(0,KH∣μH)≥vr(0,KL∣μH),(13)vr(0,KL∣μL)≥vr(0,KH∣μL).\text{(12)}\quad v_r(0,K_H\mid\mu_H)\ge v_r(0,K_L\mid\mu_H),\qquad\text{(13)}\quad v_r(0,K_L\mid\mu_L)\ge v_r(0,K_H\mid\mu_L).(12)vr​(0,KH​∣μH​)≥vr​(0,KL​∣μH​),(13)vr​(0,KL​∣μL​)≥vr​(0,KH​∣μL​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

Let

β‾‾=πr(0,KH∣μL)−πr(0,KL∣μL)πs(KL∣μL,0)−πs(KH∣μL,0),R(d)=1d∫F−1(zs)d+F−1(zs)F(x) dx(d>0).\underline{\underline{\beta}}=\frac{\pi_r(0,K_H\mid\mu_L)-\pi_r(0,K_L\mid\mu_L)}{\pi_s(K_L\mid\mu_L,0)-\pi_s(K_H\mid\mu_L,0)},\qquad R(d)=\frac1d\int_{F^{-1}(z_s)}^{d+F^{-1}(z_s)}F(x)\,dx\quad(d>0).β​​=πs​(KL​∣μL​,0)−πs​(KH​∣μL​,0)πr​(0,KH​∣μL​)−πr​(0,KL​∣μL​)​,R(d)=d1​∫F−1(zs​)d+F−1(zs​)​F(x)dx(d>0).

The goal asserts: (12) holds for every β∈[0,1]\beta\in[0,1]β∈[0,1]; for every β∈[0,1]\beta\in[0,1]β∈[0,1], (12) and (13) hold if and only if β≥β‾‾\beta\ge\underline{\underline{\beta}}β≥β​​;

β‾‾=zr1−zr(1−zsR(Δ)−zs−1),R(Δ)<1;\underline{\underline{\beta}}=\frac{z_r}{1-z_r}\left(\frac{1-z_s}{R(\Delta)-z_s}-1\right),\qquad R(\Delta)<1;β​​=1−zr​zr​​(R(Δ)−zs​1−zs​​−1),R(Δ)<1;

and for every β∈(0,1]\beta\in(0,1]β∈(0,1] the equation R(d)=zs+1−zs1+β(1/zr−1)R(d)=z_s+\frac{1-z_s}{1+\beta(1/z_r-1)}R(d)=zs​+1+β(1/zr​−1)1−zs​​ has a unique root Δ‾‾>0\underline{\underline{\Delta}}>0Δ​​>0, and truthful cheap talk is possible only if Δ≥Δ‾‾\Delta\ge\underline{\underline{\Delta}}Δ≥Δ​​.

Milestones

In attack order: the closed forms (2) and (3) of the expected profits; condition (12) always holds; (E.1), that (13) is equivalent to β≥β‾‾\beta\ge\underline{\underline{\beta}}β≥β​​ with positive numerator and denominator; (E.2), the closed form of β‾‾\underline{\underline{\beta}}β​​; and the properties of RRR (strictly increasing on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), limits zsz_szs​ at 0+0^+0+ and 111 at ∞\infty∞, values in (zs,1)(z_s,1)(zs​,1)). A companion item states Proposition 1: β‾‾<1\underline{\underline{\beta}}<1β​​<1 if and only if the integrated chain earns less with KHK_HKH​ than with KLK_LKL​ in the low state.

Significance

Theorem 2 identifies an ownership channel through which a one-shot wholesale-price relationship can sustain truthful information exchange, in contrast with the impossibility of cheap talk without such links. The threshold β‾‾\underline{\underline{\beta}}β​​ is the ratio of the low-type retailer's operational gain from lying to the supplier's loss from being misled, and part (ii) turns it into a lower bound on the information gap: a sufficiently small gap rules out cheap talk for every stake. Proposition 1 translates feasibility (β‾‾<1\underline{\underline{\beta}}<1β​​<1) into a comparison of the integrated chain's profits. The same comparisons underlie the paper's later analysis of signaling with advance orders, which takes cheap talk as its benchmark.

The result is proved in the source, in Appendix E of the authors' manuscript; it has no machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal statement in which every profit is an expectation over a general noise distribution, so that the closed forms the paper derives become theorems rather than definitions, together with the supporting analysis of the averaged distribution function RRR.

Difficulty

The algebra after the closed forms is short. The work lies in two places. First, the closed forms (2) and (3) are integration-by-parts identities for expectations of truncated linear functions of ε\varepsilonε, under a general law rather than a density on a compact interval, including the case of an upper support end at +∞+\infty+∞. Second, the properties of RRR: the paper differentiates RRR and applies L'Hôpital's rule, which presumes more regularity than the standing assumptions give; positivity of the numerator and denominator of β‾‾\underline{\underline{\beta}}β​​, the strict bounds zs<R<1z_s<R<1zs​<R<1, and the existence and uniqueness of Δ‾‾\underline{\underline{\Delta}}Δ​​ all rest on continuity and strict increase of FFF near F−1(zs)F^{-1}(z_s)F−1(zs​). The case β=0\beta=0β=0 in part (ii) is degenerate: the argument of R−1R^{-1}R−1 is then 111, which RRR never attains.

Formalization scope

The source is the authors' manuscript of 2022-06-06; theorem numbers, equation numbers and pages are the manuscript's. The model is a structure with real fields c,w,r,μL,μH,ε‾c,w,r,\mu_L,\mu_H,\underline{\varepsilon}c,w,r,μL​,μH​,ε​ and a measure PPP on R\mathbb RR (the law of ε\varepsilonε), with F=F=F= cdf P. Every theorem assumes the standing hypotheses:

  • PPP is a probability measure, absolutely continuous with respect to Lebesgue measure;
  • ε\varepsilonε is integrable with mean zero (integrability is implicit in "zero-mean");
  • ε‾<0\underline{\varepsilon}<0ε​<0, F(ε‾)=0F(\underline{\varepsilon})=0F(ε​)=0, and FFF is strictly increasing on {x≥ε‾:F(x)<1}\{x\ge\underline{\varepsilon}:F(x)<1\}{x≥ε​:F(x)<1} (added: the paper uses F−1F^{-1}F−1 as an inverse);
  • 0<μL<μH0<\mu_L<\mu_H0<μL​<μH​, μL+ε‾≥0\mu_L+\underline{\varepsilon}\ge0μL​+ε​≥0, and c<w<rc<w<rc<w<r together with the added c>0c>0c>0.

The profits πs,πr,vr\pi_s,\pi_r,v_rπs​,πr​,vr​ are Bochner integrals against PPP, β‾‾\underline{\underline{\beta}}β​​ is the plain quotient of profit differences (the first expression of (14)), and conditions (12)–(13) are the payoff comparisons themselves. Defining any of these by the paper's closed forms would make the milestones definitional and is ruled out. RRR is used only at d>0d>0d>0; Δ‾‾\underline{\underline{\Delta}}Δ​​ is characterized as the unique positive root rather than through a junk inverse, and part (ii) is stated for β∈(0,1]\beta\in(0,1]β∈(0,1]. The supply-chain profit πsc\pi_{sc}πsc​ is taken at advance order 000, as in the proof of Proposition 1. The prior over market states and the signaling and pooling equilibria (Theorems 3–4) are outside this mission.

Mathlib provides distribution functions, Bochner and interval integrals and limits. A complete development needs layer-cake identities for E[min⁡(K,⋅)]\mathbb E[\min(K,\cdot)]E[min(K,⋅)] and E[(⋅)+]\mathbb E[(\cdot)^+]E[(⋅)+] in terms of ∫F\int F∫F, continuity of the CDF of an absolutely continuous law, and the monotonicity and limits of interval averages of a monotone function; these are reusable well beyond this model. Proofs of any milestone, or of general lemmas they need, are welcome.

Selected references

  • T. Avinadav and N. Shamir, Partial Vertical Ownership, Capacity Investment, and Information Exchange in a Supply Chain, Management Science, 2023 (authors' manuscript of 2022-06-06). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.4673
  • V. P. Crawford and J. Sobel, Strategic Information Transmission, Econometrica 50(6), 1982. https://doi.org/10.2307/1913390
  • Ö. Özer, Y. Zheng and K.-Y. Chen, Trust in Forecast Information Sharing, Management Science 57(6), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1110.1348
8 thms1 active userReviewed
EconomicsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Partial Vertical Ownership, Capacity Investment, and Information Exchange in a Supply Chain I: Under Complete Information the Retailer Finances the Entire Capacity Iff β ≥ β̲, and β̲ < 1Research Paper

Motivation

Firms in a supply chain often hold equity in one another. A retailer may own a minority stake in a supplier without controlling it: the stake is passive, but it changes what the retailer cares about, because part of the supplier's profit now accrues to her. Avinadav and Shamir (Management Science, 2023) study how such partial vertical ownership (PVO) affects two classic frictions of decentralized supply chains: the supplier's under-investment in capacity, and the retailer's incentive to distort the demand information she shares. This mission formalizes the paper's benchmark result, Theorem 1, which settles the capacity question when both firms know the market state. It is the reference point against which the paper measures every asymmetric-information equilibrium, and a companion mission treats the paper's cheap-talk result (Theorem 2).

The question belongs to the literature on capacity investment with advance orders and on cross-ownership in vertical relations; the paper's Sections 1–2 survey it. The result itself is a threshold statement of a familiar newsvendor type, but in a model where the decision maker's objective mixes her own operating profit with a fraction of her supplier's.

Setting

A supplier builds a capacity KKK at unit cost ccc before the selling season. After demand DDD is realized, the retailer orders min⁡(K,max⁡(qadv,D))\min(K, \max(q^{adv}, D))min(K,max(qadv,D)) at the wholesale price www and sells at the retail price rrr, where r>w>cr > w > cr>w>c. Here qadv≥0q^{adv} \ge 0qadv≥0 is an advance order: a quantity the retailer commits to before the supplier builds capacity, and which the supplier must cover, K≥qadvK \ge q^{adv}K≥qadv. Unmet demand is lost and leftovers have no value.

Demand in market state i∈{L,H}i \in \{L, H\}i∈{L,H} is Di=μi+εD_i = \mu_i + \varepsilonDi​=μi​+ε with 0<μL<μH0 < \mu_L < \mu_H0<μL​<μH​, where the shock ε\varepsilonε has mean zero, cumulative distribution function FFF, a density, and support (ε‾,εˉ)(\underline\varepsilon, \bar\varepsilon)(ε​,εˉ) with μL+ε‾≥0\mu_L + \underline\varepsilon \ge 0μL​+ε​≥0. The expected profits are

πs(K∣μi,qadv)=E[wmin⁡(K,max⁡(μi+ε,qadv))−cK],\pi_s(K \mid \mu_i, q^{adv}) = \mathbb E\big[w\min(K, \max(\mu_i + \varepsilon, q^{adv})) - cK\big],πs​(K∣μi​,qadv)=E[wmin(K,max(μi​+ε,qadv))−cK], πr(qadv,K∣μi)=E[(r−w)min⁡(μi+ε,K)−wmax⁡(qadv−μi−ε,0)].\pi_r(q^{adv}, K \mid \mu_i) = \mathbb E\big[(r - w)\min(\mu_i + \varepsilon, K) - w\max(q^{adv} - \mu_i - \varepsilon, 0)\big].πr​(qadv,K∣μi​)=E[(r−w)min(μi​+ε,K)−wmax(qadv−μi​−ε,0)].

The retailer owns a share β∈[0,1]\beta \in [0, 1]β∈[0,1] of the supplier and maximizes the accounting payoff

vr(qadv,K∣μi)=πr(qadv,K∣μi)+β πs(K∣μi,qadv).v_r(q^{adv}, K \mid \mu_i) = \pi_r(q^{adv}, K \mid \mu_i) + \beta\,\pi_s(K \mid \mu_i, q^{adv}).vr​(qadv,K∣μi​)=πr​(qadv,K∣μi​)+βπs​(K∣μi​,qadv).

The relevant critical fractiles are zs=1−c/wz_s = 1 - c/wzs​=1−c/w (supplier), zr=1−w/rz_r = 1 - w/rzr​=1−w/r (retailer without holdings) and

zr(β)=1−(1−zr)(1−βzs)=zr+βzs(1−zr).z_r(\beta) = 1 - (1 - z_r)(1 - \beta z_s) = z_r + \beta z_s (1 - z_r).zr​(β)=1−(1−zr​)(1−βzs​)=zr​+βzs​(1−zr​).

Under complete information both firms observe iii. The supplier answers qadvq^{adv}qadv with the capacity KiCI(qadv)K_i^{CI}(q^{adv})KiCI​(qadv), equal to μi+F−1(zs)\mu_i + F^{-1}(z_s)μi​+F−1(zs​) if qadv≤μi+F−1(zs)q^{adv} \le \mu_i + F^{-1}(z_s)qadv≤μi​+F−1(zs​) and to qadvq^{adv}qadv otherwise (5). The retailer compares two options: order nothing and accept μi+F−1(zs)\mu_i + F^{-1}(z_s)μi​+F−1(zs​), or order q∗∈arg⁡max⁡qvr(q,q∣μi)q^* \in \arg\max_{q} v_r(q, q \mid \mu_i)q∗∈argmaxq​vr​(q,q∣μi​) and finance the whole capacity (6)–(7).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

Let

β‾=min⁡{β∈[0,1]:zr(β)(F−1(zr(β))−F−1(zs))+(zr+β(1−zr))∫ε‾F−1(zs)F−∫ε‾F−1(zr(β))F≥0}.\underline\beta = \min\Big\{\beta \in [0,1] : z_r(\beta)\big(F^{-1}(z_r(\beta)) - F^{-1}(z_s)\big) + \big(z_r + \beta(1 - z_r)\big)\int_{\underline\varepsilon}^{F^{-1}(z_s)} F - \int_{\underline\varepsilon}^{F^{-1}(z_r(\beta))} F \ge 0\Big\}.β​=min{β∈[0,1]:zr​(β)(F−1(zr​(β))−F−1(zs​))+(zr​+β(1−zr​))∫ε​F−1(zs​)​F−∫ε​F−1(zr​(β))​F≥0}.

Then the minimum exists, β‾<1\underline\beta < 1β​<1, and for both market states

(qiCI,KiCI)={(0, μi+F−1(zs))β<β‾,(μi+F−1(zr(β)), μi+F−1(zr(β)))β≥β‾.\big(q_i^{CI}, K_i^{CI}\big) = \begin{cases} \big(0,\ \mu_i + F^{-1}(z_s)\big) & \beta < \underline\beta,\\ \big(\mu_i + F^{-1}(z_r(\beta)),\ \mu_i + F^{-1}(z_r(\beta))\big) & \beta \ge \underline\beta. \end{cases}(qiCI​,KiCI​)={(0, μi​+F−1(zs​))(μi​+F−1(zr​(β)), μi​+F−1(zr​(β)))​β<β​,β≥β​.​

The formal goal adds that the order chosen by (7) maximizes qadv↦vr(qadv,KiCI(qadv)∣μi)q^{adv} \mapsto v_r(q^{adv}, K_i^{CI}(q^{adv}) \mid \mu_i)qadv↦vr​(qadv,KiCI​(qadv)∣μi​) over qadv≥0q^{adv} \ge 0qadv≥0.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them: the closed form (2) of πs\pi_sπs​; the optimality of (5); the closed form (4) of vrv_rvr​; the §4 observation that ordering a positive quantity up to μi+F−1(zs)\mu_i + F^{-1}(z_s)μi​+F−1(zs​) is weakly dominated by ordering nothing; the closed form, concavity and unique maximizer q∗=μi+F−1(zr(β))q^* = \mu_i + F^{-1}(z_r(\beta))q∗=μi​+F−1(zr​(β)) of q↦vr(q,q∣μi)q \mapsto v_r(q, q \mid \mu_i)q↦vr​(q,q∣μi​) (Appendix E, p. 43); the identity between the payoff gain G(β)=1r(vr(q∗,q∗∣μi)−vr(0,μi+F−1(zs)∣μi))G(\beta) = \tfrac1r\big(v_r(q^*, q^* \mid \mu_i) - v_r(0, \mu_i + F^{-1}(z_s) \mid \mu_i)\big)G(β)=r1​(vr​(q∗,q∗∣μi​)−vr​(0,μi​+F−1(zs​)∣μi​)) and the expression in (9) (pp. 43–44); and Lemma E1, the existence of a unique threshold β‾∈[0,1)\underline\beta \in [0,1)β​∈[0,1) with G(β)≥0  ⟺  β≥β‾G(\beta) \ge 0 \iff \beta \ge \underline\betaG(β)≥0⟺β≥β​ (p. 44).

Significance

Theorem 1 says that a large enough passive stake always makes the retailer finance the entire capacity, and that full ownership is never needed: β‾<1\underline\beta < 1β​<1 for every choice of prices, costs and demand law. The mechanism is visible in zr(β)z_r(\beta)zr​(β): each unit the retailer buys costs her effectively w−β(w−c)w - \beta(w - c)w−β(w−c), so her preferred capacity grows with β\betaβ, and from β‾\underline\betaβ​ on it is worth paying for. The theorem is also the benchmark for the rest of the paper: the cheap-talk, signaling and pooling equilibria of §§5–7 are compared with (qiCI,KiCI)(q_i^{CI}, K_i^{CI})(qiCI​,KiCI​), and the thresholds β‾\underline\betaβ​ and β‾‾\underline{\underline\beta}β​​ jointly delimit the paper's regimes.

The result is proved in the paper (Appendix E, pp. 42–44). It has not been formalized. A formal proof adds two things beyond confirmation. First, it settles a step the paper asserts without argument: that G(β)<0G(\beta) < 0G(β)<0 whenever zr(β)≤zsz_r(\beta) \le z_szr​(β)≤zs​, which is what forces q∗>μi+F−1(zs)q^* > \mu_i + F^{-1}(z_s)q∗>μi​+F−1(zs​) in the second case of (8). Second, it produces reusable lemmas about newsvendor-type expectations under a general demand law with a density: the layer-cake identities behind (2)–(4) and the unique maximization of qz−∫qFq z - \int^{q} Fqz−∫qF at a quantile.

Difficulty

The identities (2)–(4) are integration-by-parts computations, but they must be done for an arbitrary law with a density, with oriented interval integrals and without assuming bounded support. The concavity and the maximizer at F−1(zr(β))F^{-1}(z_r(\beta))F−1(zr​(β)) require that the quantile be a genuine inverse of FFF on (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).

The central difficulty is Lemma E1. The natural argument computes G′(β)G'(\beta)G′(β) and observes it is positive when zr(β)>zsz_r(\beta) > z_szr​(β)>zs​. That does not settle the sign of GGG on the complementary region, where the paper argues informally that the supplier "builds a higher capacity for free". The comparison in GGG, however, uses capacity q∗q^*q∗ even when q∗<μi+F−1(zs)q^* < \mu_i + F^{-1}(z_s)q∗<μi​+F−1(zs​), so that informal argument compares the wrong objects; a separate estimate is needed there. Differentiability of β↦F−1(zr(β))\beta \mapsto F^{-1}(z_r(\beta))β↦F−1(zr​(β)) is also not given: the density need not be continuous or positive at the quantile, so the monotonicity of GGG cannot simply be read off a derivative.

Formalization scope

The primitives c,w,r,μL,μHc, w, r, \mu_L, \mu_Hc,w,r,μL​,μH​, the law PPP of ε\varepsilonε and ε‾\underline\varepsilonε​ form a structure; FFF is Mathlib's ProbabilityTheory.cdf P, and F−1(z)=inf⁡{x:F(x)≥z}F^{-1}(z) = \inf\{x : F(x) \ge z\}F−1(z)=inf{x:F(x)≥z}, applied only at levels in (0,1)(0, 1)(0,1). The payoffs πs,πr,vr\pi_s, \pi_r, v_rπs​,πr​,vr​ are defined as Bochner integrals of the realized profits; the closed forms are milestones, not definitions. The expression of (9) is defined as printed, because Theorem 1 defines β‾\underline\betaβ​ by it, and a milestone ties it to the payoff gain GGG, which is defined with its factor 1/r1/r1/r. The market state is quantified as μ∈{μL,μH}\mu \in \{\mu_L, \mu_H\}μ∈{μL​,μH​} and the share as β∈[0,1]\beta \in [0, 1]β∈[0,1].

The standing assumptions are those of §3: PPP is a probability measure, ε\varepsilonε has mean zero and a density, ε‾<0\underline\varepsilon < 0ε​<0 with F(ε‾)=0F(\underline\varepsilon) = 0F(ε​)=0, 0<μL<μH0 < \mu_L < \mu_H0<μL​<μH​, μL+ε‾≥0\mu_L + \underline\varepsilon \ge 0μL​+ε​≥0, and c<w<rc < w < rc<w<r. Three implicit assumptions are added and disclosed: c>0c > 0c>0 (otherwise zs=1z_s = 1zs​=1 and F−1(zs)F^{-1}(z_s)F−1(zs​) is not defined), integrability of ε\varepsilonε (presupposed by "zero mean"), and strict increase of FFF on the support {x≥ε‾:F(x)<1}\{x \ge \underline\varepsilon : F(x) < 1\}{x≥ε​:F(x)<1} (the paper uses F−1F^{-1}F−1 as an inverse). The advance order ranges over qadv≥0q^{adv} \ge 0qadv≥0, and K≥qadvK \ge q^{adv}K≥qadv is a hypothesis of (2) and (4).

Two trivializations are ruled out. Defining the profits by their closed forms would make the payoff milestones true by definition, so they are expectations. Replacing the rule (7) by "an arg max of q↦vr(q,KiCI(q)∣μi)q \mapsto v_r(q, K_i^{CI}(q) \mid \mu_i)q↦vr​(q,KiCI​(q)∣μi​)" would be ill-posed, because that maximizer is not unique (for β<1\beta < 1β<1 every order up to μi+ε‾\mu_i + \underline\varepsilonμi​+ε​ ties with 000); qCIq^{CI}qCI is the two-option rule as printed, and its optimality is a separate conclusion.

Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are general lemmas on expectations of min⁡/max⁡\min/\maxmin/max of a shifted random variable, on quantiles of continuous strictly increasing CDFs, and on the continuity of β↦F−1(zr(β))\beta \mapsto F^{-1}(z_r(\beta))β↦F−1(zr​(β)). The source is the authors' manuscript of 2022-06-06; its proofs are in Appendix E.

Selected references

  • T. Avinadav and N. Shamir, Partial Vertical Ownership, Capacity Investment, and Information Exchange in a Supply Chain, Management Science, 2023 (read as the authors' manuscript of 2022-06-06; Theorem 1 on p. 11, proof on pp. 42–44). https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2023.4673
  • G. P. Cachon, Supply Chain Coordination with Contracts, Handbooks in Operations Research and Management Science 11, 2003 (the newsvendor and wholesale-price contract background). https://doi.org/10.1016/S0927-0507(03)11006-7
9 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 11 of 31Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me